2017 11 en PG PH Small PDF

Fluid power
Learning systems and services for basic

and further training
Festo Didactic SE
Rechbergstraße 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Tel. +49 (711) 3467-0
Fax +49 (711) 347-54-88500
did@festo.com
Festo Didactic Inc.
607 Industrial Way West

07724 Eatontown,
New Jersey
United States
Tel. +1 (732) 938-2000
Fax +1 (732) 774-8573
services.didactic@festo.com
Festo Didactic Ltée/Ltd

56823 en © 2017-11 Festo Didactic SE
675, Rue du Carbone

Québec, Québec, G2N 2K7
Canada
Tel. +1 (418) 849-1000
Fax +1 (418) 849-1666
Fluid power
www.festo-didactic.com
www.labvolt.com
Contents
Media................................................................................................. 8
Workstation systems........................................................................ 24
Training packages............................................................................ 40
Pneumatics training packages.......................................................... 46
Hydraulics training packages............................................................ 82
Components................................................................................... 120
Services.......................................................................................... 160
1
Fluid Power > Holistic and turnkey training solutions
Holistic and turnkey training solutions

Everything from a single source
Design, planning, and equipping The benefits for you

of complete labs for –– Security during the planning pro-
technology and training cess and professional consultation
during the entire project
Festo Didactic has set itself the goal –– State-of-the-art planning tools plus
of making learning even more a range of products which are tai-
effective, using its experience from lored to your requirements ensure
50 years of company history to rapid and effective progress with
develop learning solutions, as well projects.
as lab and workshop equipment for –– Investment security and optimal
the training sector. utilization of laboratories perfectly
tailored to your training needs
We will support you with the concep- –– Professional lab design based on
tualization, planning and equipping international standards
of your individual labs or workshops –– State-of-the-art training equipment
by means of a comprehensive range through the use of the Festo
of learning systems and a broad Didactic learning systems supple-
spectrum of technologies in the area mented with products by other
of technical training. Our range of market leaders
products and services comprises
complete learning systems as well as
industrial training and consultation.
2 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Fluid Power > Holistic and turnkey training solutions
We offer a comprehensive scope of

services from project definition and
conceptual planning, to installation
of equipment and training for:
–– Industrial training centers
–– Vocational training centers
–– Universities and colleges
–– Sixth forms
–– Knowledge labs
Virtual Tour
➔ www.festo-turnkey-solutions.com
Learning environment for basic

and specialized training in
pneumatics and hydraulics
Essential technologies Highlights Additional learning worlds

Pneumatics and hydraulics are –– Pneumatics and hydraulics training Besides fluid engineering, Festo
essential parts of contemporary packages Didactic offers other additional learn-
industrial reality. Air is clean, abun- –– FluidSIM® is the world’s leading arrangements for the following
dant, easy-to-transfer and store – to ing simulation software for pneu- training requirements:
cite just a few of the many benefits matics, hydraulics, and electrical –– Multimedia and simulation
of pneumatics. Hydraulics offers a engineering –– Industry 4.0
solution wherever high pressures –– Connected Learning with –– Automation technology
and forces are required in industry. Tec2Screen® — an innovative –– Welding technology
learning method –– Process automation
–– Single and group workstations –– Metal working
support many modes of learning –– Electrical engineering, electronics,
and drive technology
–– CAD/CAM/CNC
www.festo-didactic.com 3
Fluid Power > Flexible room concepts
Flexible room concepts

Innovative workbenches
Equipping of learning rooms The benefits for you

according to individual During the consultation, our years of
requirements experience with the training market
as well as installing various training
Flexible use of space centers, complete workshops, and
We will present you with an individu- labs will work to your benefit. We will
al concept based on the spatial con- take into account the latest safety re-
ditions and specific requirements of quirements and can guarantee a long
the location. In doing so we, will fo- service life due to our high quality
cus on cost-effective and optimal use standards.
of space, as well as multi-functional
equipment. Training in the areas of We will be glad to provide an on-site
electrical engineering, pneumatics, consultation regarding concept and
or mechatronics, as well as theoret- planning.
ical training or lectures can all take
place in the same room. Using the
ceiling system, industrial connectors,
and universally mobile equipment,
the room layout can be adapted
within just a few minutes.
Efficient and versatile use of rooms

saves space and cost.

Fluid Power > Flexible room concepts
Multi-functional teaching rooms

–– Individual
–– Flexible
–– Cost-efficient
Our room concept offers individu-

al options for your learning envi-
ronment equipment. Mobile work-
benches and utility supplies that
you can fold back up into the ceil-
ing ensure flexible and cost-effi-
cient utilization of rooms.
For additional information regarding flexible room concepts see:

➔ www.festo-didactic.com
Main components of room concept
Organized storage Workstation system Power supply

Both workbenches and equipment The mobile supports for the learn- The flexible ceiling system is a
used can be stored neatly and com- ing systems enable a high degree holistic concept for multi-functional
pactly in intelligent storage systems of flexibility with virtually unlimited rooms, which enables hands-on and
in the same room or in an adjoining options. The workbenches can be theoretical teaching with appropriate
room. quickly and simply adapted to opti- equipment in each case. With power,
mize any teaching situation. This re- compressed air, and a data connec-
Our overall concept provides the fitting capability enables highly ef- tion directly at the learning location,
required flexibility. ficient room utilization and safety, the ceiling system is ideal for basic
resulting in great cost effectiveness. and further specialized training.
The didactic concept
The didactic concept for a complete learning strategy

Our educational concept for the training packages
1
1 Inform
–– Read the problem in the workbook
–– Understand the exercise
–– Fill any gaps in knowledge
2 Plan
–– Design a circuit with FluidSIM®
–– Draw a circuit diagram with parts
list
3 Implement
Reflect,
Inform
–– Installation and commissioning of
the circuit on a workstation system 5 document 2
with the training packages
–– Simple, accessible, and convenient
4 Check
–– Comparison of actual and target
Complete and
status and targeted troubleshoot- professional
ing, e.g., using measuring technol- course of action
ogy components Check Plan
5 Reflect, document
–– Evaluation of the result, optimiza-
tion, and professional documen-
tation using the worksheets in
the workbook and FluidSIM® CAD
Implement
drawings.
4 3
We offer technical training based on the complete learning-strategy model.
Educational and training institutions are facing the challenge of providing the graduates
who will be sought after in their local economy. Companies are looking for well-trained and
educated employees who are highly competent and responsible.
The Festo Didactic training packages are tailor-made for this objective.

Training packages Pneumatics/Hydraulics > Overview
Pneumatics/Hydraulics
Elements of a learning system
Universal Laboratory furniture
Profile plate
Training packages
Media
Components/
Accessories
The benefits of the Festo Didactic Media Training packages

modular learning system –– Tec2Screen® –– Pneumatics, hydraulics, and
–– FluidSIM® sensors
Design your own learning environ- –– FluidLab® –– Basic level, advanced level, and
ment according to your educational, –– Teachware supplementary equipment sets
organizational, or ergonomic require- –– Multimedia training programs
ments. Components/accessories
Workstation systems –– Add-ons or for customization
Save time using our coordinated –– Profile plate for pneumatics,
learning system consisting of the hydraulics and sensors
training package, the workbook as –– ER frame for control and regulation
basis for the course, and the appro- –– Organized storage for pneumatic
priate FluidSIM® design and simula- components
tion tool.
Add further components to your

selected system for your own individ-
ual tasks or project ideas.
Media
8
Tec2Screen®.....................................................................................................10
Software..........................................................................................................12
FluidSIM® 5......................................................................................................12
Multimedia training programs/WBTs................................................................14
Courseware......................................................................................................18
Pneumatics/Hydraulics Poster Set...................................................................20
Pneumatics Textbooks, Workbooks, Training Material......................................22
Hydraulics DVD, Textbooks...............................................................................23
9
Media > Tec2Screen®
Tec2Screen®
Connected Learning and Fluid Power
Tec2Screen® Courses Tec2Screen® Courses

Pneumatics Hydraulics
For example: For example:

Tec2Screen® course – Tec2Screen® course –
Energy-efficient movement Flow resistances
The concept consists of: Exciting courses for Training content Training content
–– Tec2Screen® app explorative learning –– Moving a load efficiently –– Flow types and pressure drop
–– Courses Videos, animations, measuring –– Performing a reference measure- –– Measuring and evaluating the flow
–– Simulations exercises, and test assignments ment of the existing circuit resistance of hydraulic lines as a
–– Tec2Screen Manager for inspire students to explore and –– Reducing consumption by r educing pressure-flow characteristic curve
20 users/workstations discover. The measuring instruments pressure –– Influencing factors on the flow
–– Learning management system: integrated into the courses make –– Optimizing flow control resistance of hydraulic lines
Classroom Manager interactive troubleshooting exciting. –– Shutting off the compressed air
–– Connects supply in the end position Further courses:
–– Tec2Screen® hardware Completing the courses offline, –– Quantity curve for a hydraulic
–– Optional learning systems outside of the lab, is also possible, Further courses: power unit
ensuring that technical knowledge –– Energy-efficient clamping –– Pressureless pump circulation
can be learned anywhere at any time. –– Energy-efficient lifting –– Dynamic pressure adaptation
–– Energy-efficient gripping
10 Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Tec2Screen®
What actually is
Connected Learning?
Learning methods which frequent-

ly supplement and support each
other and include the following:
–– Practical learning
–– Classroom-based learning
–– Self-learning
With Connected Learning, these

methods are fused into a single
form of learning. The virtual and
the real world are seamlessly in-
tegrated. Software and hardware,
theory and practice, learner and
teacher – C
onnected Learning pro-
motes intuitive, interactive learn-
ing.
Our patented solution for

Connected Learning: Tec2Screen®.
Fun and motivation while learning
are guaranteed!
Overview of all Tec2Screen® courses at:

➔ www.tec2screen.com
Simulations develop a The learning management system New interfaces: Connects The hardware
better under-standing of The Classroom Manager m anages To explore the connection between As a basic unit, the Tec2Screen®
real world applications courses and simulations as well the real and the virtual world, we base links the iPad® with the pat-
As a component of modern training as self-made documents and have developed the Connects – plug- ented Connects. The iPad® can also
systems, the Tec2Screen® simula- materials. The trainer assigns these in interface modules with a patented be used as a fully functional tablet,
tions can be used to test and sim- to the students individually and can interface. The Connects enable direct independently of the Tec2Screen®, in
ulate controllers and applications simultaneously record their learning interaction between software and the classroom and elsewhere.
for PLC technology under realistic progress. hardware, and thus direct interaction
conditions. The new knowledge en- between theory and practice. Festo Didactic won the 2015 iF
courages practical and safe experi- Design Award for the Tec2Screen®.
menting without real consequences Unique: the signal flow is completely
or the need to purchase additional transparent and easy to follow.
hardware.
Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®
FluidSIM® 5
Pneumatics/Hydraulics/Electrical engineering
For more than 20 years FluidSIM® Testing in real time Speed made visible Wide range – maximum convenience
has been the world’s leading circuit Whether in a training environment The new simulation core of Fluid- Pneumatics, hydraulics, electrical
diagram design and simulation pro- or in an engineering office, the sim- SIM® 5 achieves simulation rates engineering: the libraries are avail-
gram for pneumatic and hydraulics, ulation of control systems and pro- up to 10 kHz. The parameters of all able separately or together in the
and now also for electrical engineer- cesses has been standard in industry actuators can be precisely adjust- same program. The user decides
ing. Being able to freely design con- for a long time, helping to minimize ed. FluidSIM® 5 writes the simula- which of the libraries can be used in
trol systems is motivating and pro- crash-based losses and ensuring tion results in millisecond cycles the program. All technologies inter-
motes creativity and focus. Beyond greater efficiency and improved qual- and delivers them as a text file! The act optimally in a circuit diagram or
that, FluidSIM® provides teachers ity. The parameters of all simulated new simulated oscilloscopes make project.
with a wealth of text, images, and components are identical to those of frequencies up to 100 kHz visible.
videos for multimedia-based les- the Festo Didactic training packages Flexible installation and use
son planning. Dive into the world of and can be fully adapted to the char- Learning with fun and success Online registration, network li-
real-time simulations with your ap- acteristics of other components. Theory is all well and good, but real, cense, home usage: FluidSIM® 5 of-
prentices, specialists, or students hands-on practice provides motiva- fers many license models that facil-
and celebrate successful learning at The many aspects of GRAFCET tion and p romotes successful learn- itate economical learning scenarios
all levels! GRAFCET long ago replaced the dis- ing! In many situations, FluidSIM® 5 in a school or in a company. A new
placement-step diagram in training. can be easily used as a controller for learner administration function even
One tool for all needs FluidSIM® 5 takes GRAFCET to the the real system: the EasyPort makes allows you to provide and monitor
As a teacher and trainer, you are the next level: it possible – convenient, digital and licenses for learning groups and to
expert who masters tasks that are –– Editing – for standards-based doc- analog! New: with the joystick, use the software at home.
needed to prepare lessons. That is umentation FluidSIM® 5 is not only engaging, but
why FluidSIM® 5 offers the expert –– Visualizing – for maximum clarity it now also allows several switches
mode. But your trainees should ini- –– Monitoring – colored signals and valves to be operated simulta-
tially concentrate on the essentials. indicate where the process is neously.
They can work and learn successful- running correctly or not at all
ly in the standard mode, which has –– Control – for manufacturer-neutral
a reduced range of functions and control of all fluid systems and
offers advantages for the learning electrical systems
process.

Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®
Professional CAD according Libraries for new technologies Simulation in high definition Convenient documentation
to standards –– Libraries for the pneumatics and –– Signal processing up to 10 kHz –– Project administration, drawing
–– Convenient drawing thanks to hydraulics training packages at all –– Virtual oscilloscope for frequencies sheets
alignment guides and new snap levels, including control technology up to 100 kHz –– Individual drawing frames in all
functions and proportional technology –– Concurrent simulations of all sizes
–– Easy insertion of new symbols –– New: drives in pneumatics circuits in a project –– Automatic bills of materials, flow
into existing connections –– Vacuum technology –– Simulated values can be shown at path numbering, switching element
–– Variable drawing frames –– Sensors in pneumatics run-time tables, terminal diagrams, cables,
–– Continuous scaling and rotation –– Safety in pneumatic systems –– Several switches can be operated wiring lists, and tubing lists
–– Dimensioning functions –– Mobile hydraulics with the joystick –– Exports into all common formats
–– Intersection calculation of lines, –– Electrical engineering, electronics
rectangles, and ellipses –– Circuits with contacts Learning material included FluidSIM® for homework
–– Slides, pictures, animations, sec- –– New expansion for administering
Completely according to standard GRAFCET in various modes tional drawings, video sequences external users over the Internet
–– All symbols to DIN ISO 1219 or –– GrafEdit: create GRAFCETs in –– Description of the physical-mathe- –– Administration of learning groups
DIN EN 81346-2 compliance with the standard matical simulation models –– Integrated chat functions
–– Connection identification according –– GrafView: visualize the control –– Training program for FluidSIM® –– Simple administration by the in-
to new equipment identifier sequence represented as beginners structor
–– GRAFCET according to the current a GRAFCET –– Details of all components at the
standard –– GrafControl: control the process push of a button
with the GRAFCET, including error –– Completed sample presentations
simulation and process monitoring for your training course
–– GrafPLC –– Language changeover at run-time
–– Multilingual (standard German/
English)
Pneumatics Electrical engineering System requirements

Local installation, Local installation, –– Windows XP, Vista, 7, 8, or 10 New languages – free of charge
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru –– Processor with at least In the future, you will receive
Order no. 8024357 Order no. 8024359 1 gigahertz new language variants free of
Network installation, Network installation, –– At least 1 GB RAM charge on the Internet. They
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru –– Dual core processor can be integrated into your
Order no. 8024360 Order no. 8024362 (recommended) existing version via an update.
Hydraulics Recommended accessories: Visit us on the Internet.

Local installation, X-Box controller We can meet your needs There you will find all the
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru with cable 8026542 Multiple licenses for local or information you need on
Order no. 8024358 without cable 8032252 network installation with as currently available versions
Network installation, many licenses as you need. and updates for existing
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru FluidSIM® users.
Order no. 8024361
Media > Software > Multimedia training programs/WBTs
Multimedia training programs

Pneumatics Electropneumatics
Comprehensive pneumatics training. From the table of contents: The Electropneumatics training pro- From the table of contents:
The program is divided into technical –– Physical basics (units, properties, gram builds on the Pneumatics train- –– Advantages and drawbacks of
knowledge and coursework. laws) ing program and reinforces material electropneumatics
–– Energy supply (production, already learned from hands-on proj- –– Safety in electropneumatic circuits
Technical knowledge preparation, and d istribution of ects. Starting with concrete indus- –– Fundamentals of electrical engi-
This interactive, self-guided pro- compressed air) trial applications, fundamental elec- neering
gram covers the basics of pneumat- –– Circuit diagram (circuit diagram, tropneumatic circuits are produced. –– Pneumatic circuit diagram
ic control. Participants find practical symbols) With the help of numerous exercises, –– Electrical circuit diagram
and theoretical solutions to the key –– Drive components (applications, learned material will be revised, ap- –– Basic logic functions
tasks of a basic course on pneumat- linear drives, rotational drives) plied, and further developed. During –– Direct and indirect electrical
ics, e.g., as part of a basic vocational –– Valves (designs, directional valves, exercises, the program reacts to each control, time and pressure depen-
training course. stop valves, pressure control answer with varying feedback. dent process controls
valves, flow control valves, valve –– Signal storage in the power and
Course combinations, logic elements) The trainee is supported by the ba- control units, latching circuit
In this course, the theory-based –– Signalling components (manual sic knowledge module, which pro- –– Documentation for a control unit
technical knowledge is r einforced. A signalling, endpoint detection) vides fundamental knowledge on –– Maintenance and repair of electro-
wide range of exercise types makes –– Additional requirements electropneumatics in a structured, pneumatic systems
the course interesting and suc- systematic manner. In the compo- –– Solenoid actuated valves
cessful. Participants draw symbols E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD nents module, the structure, function –– Double-acting cylinders
and circuit diagrams, answer mul- Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh and application of typical electro- –– Electrical buttons and switches
tiple-choice questions, and set up Order no. 540911 pneumatic components is described. –– Sensors
and connect circuits in PC-based vid- Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh Various supporting materials are –– Relays and contactors, timed relays
eo clips. Order no. 540913 available to complete the exercises, –– Pressure switch
such as PDF documents, a variety of –– Standardized circuit diagrams,
downloads, and a comprehensive electrical and pneumatic circuit di-
glossary. agrams
E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540923
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540925
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
Devise and design your own
training media

Hydraulics Electrohydraulics
Comprehensive hydraulics training. From the table of contents: The Electrohydraulics training pro- From the table of contents:
The program is divided into technical –– Physical basics (units, properties, gram builds on the Hydraulics train- –– Advantages and drawbacks of
knowledge and coursework. laws) ing program and reinforces material electrohydraulics
–– Hydraulic systems (principles of a already learned from hands-on proj- –– Safety in electrohydraulic circuits
Technical knowledge hydraulic system) ects. Starting with concrete indus- –– Fundamentals of electrical engi-
This interactive, self-guided program –– Drive units (components, pumps, trial applications, fundamental elec- neering
covers the basics of hydraulic con- containers, filters) trohydraulic circuits are produced. –– Hydraulic circuit diagram
trol. Participants find practical and –– Drives (single-acting cylinders, With the help of numerous exercises, –– Electrical circuit diagram
theoretical solutions to the key exer- double-acting cylinders, hydrau- learned material will be revised, ap- –– Basic logic functions
cises in a basic course on hydraulics, lic motors) plied, and further developed. During –– Direct and indirect electrical
e.g., as part of a basic vocational –– Directional valves (design exercises, the program reacts to each control, time and path-dependent
training course. characteristics, 2/2 directional answer with varying feedback. process controls
valves, 3/2 directional valves, 4/2 –– Signal storage in the power and
Course directional valves, 4/3 directional The trainee is supported by the basic control units, latching circuit
In this course, the theory-based valves, special circuits) knowledge module, which provides –– Documentation for a control unit
technical knowledge is r einforced. A –– Stop valves (non-return valves, fundamental knowledge on elec- –– Maintenance and repair of electro-
wide range of exercise types makes pilot operated non-return valves) trohydraulics in a structured, sys- hydraulic systems
the course interesting and success- –– Pressure control valves (pressure tematic manner. In the components –– Solenoid actuated valves: spring
ful. Participants have to draw sym- relief valves, pressure regulation module, the structure, functions and return and pulse valves
bols and circuit diagrams, answer valves) application of typical electrohydrau- –– Double-acting cylinders
multiple-choice questions, and set –– Flow control valves (throttle valves, lic components is described. Various –– Electrical buttons and switches
up and connect circuits in PC-based flow control valves) supporting materials are available to –– Sensors
video clips. –– Additional requirements complete the exercise such as PDF –– Relays and contactors, timed relays
documents, a variety of downloads, –– Standardized circuit diagrams,
E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD and a comprehensive glossary. electrical and hydraulic circuit
Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh diagrams
Order no. 540917 –– Documentation of electrohydraulic
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh controllers
Order no. 540919 –– Simulation of a hydraulic and
electrical circuit diagram

Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540929
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540931
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Multimedia training programs

Open- and closed-loop control GRAFCET
This training program uses practical From the table of contents: GRAFCET – The new specification From the table of contents:
examples to show the difference be- –– Differences between open- and language for sequential function –– Definitions
tween open- and closed-loop control closed-loop control ( characteristics charts –– Advantages of GRAFCET
in automation. Easy-to-understand of controllers, characteristics of –– Differentiation from PLC
tasks are used first to examine the regulators) Good documentation is a prerequi- programming language
overall process of a simple function- –– DIN 19226 site for the quick construction and –– Configuring a GRAFCET
ing system. Later sections then look –– Signal types smooth commissioning of a system. –– Graphical representation of the
at different types of controllers, the –– Differences between types of As a result, products reach custom- language elements
different ways in which signals are control ers more quickly. In addition, the se- –– Graphical representation of the
represented and processed, and the –– Signal processing (synchronous quence description is an important sequential structures
ways in which programs are imple- control, controlling links, asynchro- tool for quickly and accurately locat- –– Structuring of GRAFCETS
mented. nous control, process control) ing and eliminating errors, reducing –– Case studies
–– Types of control (regulating to fixed production downtimes. GRAFCET can –– Exercises
values, tracking values) describe what the function chart has –– Glossary
–– Regulators (P, I, and D controllers, previously been unable to represent.
combined controllers such as PI or E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD
PID controllers) GRAFCET introduces the new stan- Online de/en/es/fr/zh
dard step-by-step, with the aid of Order no. 557688
E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD practice-related examples. Network de/en/es/fr/zh
Online de/en/es/fr/zh Order no. 557689
Order no. 540947
Network de/en/es/fr/zh
Order no. 540949
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media

PLC programming LOGO! Training

in accordance with IEC 61131
Programmable logic controllers play From the table of contents: This training program provides an From the table of contents:
a central role in automation. These –– Programmable logic controllers introduction to logic functions. First, –– Basic technical functions (AND
devices are used to control machines –– Project organization AND & OR functions and process- & OR function, memory function,
and systems. –– Programming languages in ing are shown in function t ables. timer function, counter function)
accordance with IEC 61131 Other basic control functions such –– Digital minicontrollers (differenti-
The program of a programmable –– Link-orientated programming as memory, timer and counter func- ation between open- and closed-
logic controller can be flexibly adapt- languages tions round off the topic coverage. loop control)
ed for any task. Various program- –– Sequential function chart The second part begins by covering –– Control components
ming languages, which are all based –– Structured text the basics of open-and closed-loop –– Positioning with digital mini-
on the IEC 61131 international stan- –– Sequence programming project control circuits and describes the el- controllers
dard, are available for creating the ements of a controller. It then takes –– Design and function of a mini-
control program in compliance with The training program provides a detailed look at minicontrollers, controller
standards. beginners with an ideal introduction including their features and areas of –– Cyclical program processing
to IEC-compliant programming. application. –– Areas of application
This training program allows users to –– Programming languages
become familiar with function charts, In addition to trainees, and students,
ladder diagrams, instruction lists, se- this program also appeals to skilled E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD
quential function charts, and struc- workers, technicians, and e ngineers Online de/en/es/fr/zh
tured texts in five programming lan- who have previously only pro- Order no. 540941
guages. Through the use of various gramd in IL, LDR, or FCH. The high- Network de/en/es/fr/zh
practice-related examples, the pro- er, IEC-compliant languages provide Order no. 540943
gramming languages are presented a range of benefits to be discovered
step-by-step. and used.

Online de/en/es
Order no. 574488
Network de/en/es
Order no. 574489
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Media > Courseware
Courseware
Teaching materials for basic and advanced training
eiosn d e
s
ve
in
Cyl
Dri
s ik l
o nso
eutomat
n
ech ica
c
re
l
ctr nti
r
Theory and practice course range gst
o
pr f
ck Ele Ve
ct ess
Dru run
Festo worldwide
Hydraulics
t
a Pneumatics
u tis
ie Wörterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
Se
i o k
a
n
Argentina Finland Korea South Slovakia
Electrohydraulics
i
tom
Festo S.A. Festo Oy Festo Korea Co., Ltd. Festo spol. s r.o.
Basic level Dictionary of Automation Technology

Edison 2392 Mäkituvantie 9 Gasan Digital 1-ro Gavlovicová ul. 1
ele y
A wide range of teaching materials
(1640) Martínez PL 86 Geumcheon-gu 83103 Bratislava 3
Prov. Buenos Aires 01511 Vantaa Seoul #153-803 Tel. +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10,
t
Au
Ventas y Asistencia técnica Tel. +358 (09) 87 06 51, Tel. +82 1666 0202, Fax +82 (0)2 864 70 40 Fax +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11
0810-555-FESTO (33786) Fax +358 (09) 87 06 52 00 E-mail: sales_kr@kr.festo.com E-mail: info_sk@festo.com
Fundamentals
o
ventas@ar.festo.com E-mail: info_@festo.com
Latvia Slovenia
Tel. 0810-444-3127, Fax +54 (011) 47 17 82 82 Festo SIA Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
ctr
E-mail: info@ar.festo.com France
Gunāra Astras 1C
g ma Pr
Festo Eurl IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
Australia FESTO E.U.R.L. LV-1084, Rīga 1236 Trzin
for basic and advanced training are

Festo Pty. Ltd. ZA des Maisons Rouges Tel. +371 67 57 78 64, Fax +371 67 57 79 46 Tel. +386 (0)1 530 21 00,
Head Ofce (Melbourne) 8 rue du clos sainte Catherine E-mail: info_lv@festo.com Fax +386 (0)1 530 21 25
179-187 Browns Road E-mail: info_si@festo.com
o
94360 Bry-sur-Marne Lithuania
P.O. Box 261 Tel. +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 00, Festo, UAB
Noble Park Vic. 3174 Fax +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 01 Partizanų 63M South Africa
e
Tel. +61(0)3 97 95 95 55, E-mail: info_fr@festo.com 50306 Kaunas Festo (Pty) Ltd.
o
Fax +61(0)3 97 95 97 87 22-26 Electron Avenue
l
Lietuva
Textbook Workbook
on
E-mail: info_au@festo.com Germany Tel. +370 (8)7 32 13 14, Fax +370 (8)7 32 13 15 P.O. Box 255
Festo Didactic SE E-mail: info_lt@festo.com Isando 1600
available for these topics.
i
Austria Tel. 08600 FESTO (33786), TP 101
e
Rechbergstr. 3
ati
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H. Malaysia Fax 08794 FESTO (33786)
l
Linzer Straße 227 73770 Denkendorf
Germany Festo Sdn. Berhad E-mail: sales@za.festo.com
1140 Wien 10 Persiaran Industri
Tel. +43 (0)1 910 75-0, Fax +43 (0)1 910 75-250 Tel. +49 (0)711 346 70, Spain
Fax +49 (0)711 34 75 48 85 00 Bandar Sri Damansara
gy
E-mail: automation@festo.at Wilayah Persekutuan Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U.
E-mail: did@de.festo.com Avenida Granvia, 159
52200 Kuala Lumpur
m
Belarus
of
Germany Tel. +60 (0)3 62 86 80 00, Distrito Económico Granvia L'H
IP Festo
olo uto y
oe neu
Fax +60 (0)3 62 75 64 11 08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat
t
Masherov avenue, 78 Festo AG & Co. KG
Postfach E-mail: info_my@festo.com Barcelona
220035 Minsk Tel. +34 901243660, Fax +34 902243660
log
Tel. +375 (0)17 204 85 58, 73726 Esslingen Mexico
Ruiter Straße 82 E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Fax +375 (0)17 204 85 59 Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
n
E-mail: info_by@festo.com 73734 Esslingen Av. Ceylán 3, Sweden
ech A
Tel. +49 (0) 711 347 0, Fax +49 (0) 711 347 2628 Col. Tequesquináhuac Festo AB
Belgium E-mail: info_de@festo.com 54020 Tlalnepantla Stillmansgatan 1
ss
Festo Belgium sa
n
Estado de México Box 21038
Rue Colonel Bourg 101 Greece Tel. +52 (55)55 53 21 66 00, 200 21 Malmö
–– Pneumatics nT o
1030 Brussel Festo Ltd. Fax +52 (55)55 53 21 66 55 Tel. +46 (0)20 38 38 40, Fax +46 (0)40 38 38 10
Tel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09 92, Tatoiou Ave. E-mail: festo.mexico@mx.festo.com
With CD-ROM
ce
E-mail: order@festo.se
E-mail: info_be@festo.com P.C. 144 52 Metamorfosi
chn
Tel. +30 210 341 29 00 - 4, Netherlands
Belgium Festo B.V. Switzerland
o
Fax +30 210 341 29 05 Festo AG
a
ati Pro
Festo Belgium nv E-mail: info_gr@festo.com Schieweg 62
Kolonel Bourgstraat 101 2627 AN Moosmattstrasse 24
h
1030 Bruxelles Tel. +31 (0)15 251 88 99, 8953 Dietikon
r
Hong Kong Tel. +41 (0)44 744 55 44,
Tel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09 Festo Ltd. Fax +31 (0)15 251 88 67
Fax +41 (0)44 744 55 00
–– Hydraulics
E-mail: info_be@festo.com 6/F New Timely Factory Building, E-mail: sales@festo.nl
de
E-mail: info_ch@festo.com
tom
Te
497 Castle Peak Road,
riv P
Brazil New Zealand
Festo Brasil Ltda Kowloon, Hong Kong Festo Ltd. Taiwan A B
Tel. + 852 27 43 83 79, Fax + 852 27 86 21 73 Festo Co., Ltd.
c
Rua Guiseppe Crespi, 76 20 Fisher Crescent
Te
Jd. Santa Emília E-mail: info_hk@festo.com Mount Wellington Head Ofce
Au
ylin
04183-080 São Paulo / SP -Brasil Auckland 9, Kung 8th Road
vendas@br.festo.com Hungary Tel. +64 (0)9 574 10 94, Fax +64 (0)9 574 10 99 Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
on
Tel. (+55 11 ) 5013 1600, Festo Kft. E-mail: info_nz@festo.com Linkou Dist., New Taipei City M1 M2
Csillaghegyi út 32-34. 24450 Taiwan, R.O.C. P T
–– Electrical engineering/Electronics
Fax (+55 11) 5013 1801 Nigeria
E-mail: linhadireta@br.festo.com 1037 Budapest Tel. +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81,
e
Hotline +36 1 436 51 00 Festo Automation Ltd. Fax +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
e ati
Bulgaria Tel. +36 1 436 51 11, Fax +36 1 436 51 01 Motorways Centre, Ground Floor, Block C E-mail: info_tw@tw.festo.com
s
C
Alausa, Ikeja,
alv
Festo EOOD E-mail: info_hu@festo.com
1592 Soa Lagos Thailand
Bul. Christophor Kolumb 9 India Tel. +234 (0)1 794 78 20, Festo Ltd.
Tel. +359 (0)2 960 07 12, Festo Controls Private Ltd. Fax +234 (0)1 555 78 94 Viranuvat Building, 6th - 7th Floor.
Fax +359 (0)2 960 07 13 Festo Controls Pvt. Ltd. E-mail: info@ng-festo.com 1250 Bangna - Trad Road (Soi 34) -MM1
T
m
35/3, Shamanna Garden Bangna, Bangkok 10260
e
–– Automation/PLC
E-mail: info_bg@festo.com -BG1
Norway
Bannerghatta Road Festo AS Tel. 1-800-290-477,+66 - 2785 -3700,
V
D tom
Canada Bangalore 560 030 Ole Deviks vei 2 Fax 1-800-290-478
Festo Inc. Tel. +91 (0)1800 425 0036, 0666 Oslo E-mail: info_th@festo.com
5300 Explorer Drive Fax +91 (0)1800 121 0036 Tel. +47 22 72 89 50, Fax +47 22 72 89 51
-PG1 -PG2
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5G4 E-mail: sales_in@festo.com Turkey
s
E-mail: info_no@festo.com
l f
Tel. +1 (0)905 624 90 00, Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
Fax +1 (0)905 624 90 01 Indonesia Peru Istanbul Anadolu Yakas Organize Sanayi Bolgesi
E-mail: info_ca@festo.com PT. Festo Festo Perú Aydinli Mah. TEM Yan Yol Cad. No:16 -RZ1 1 1 -RZ2
Au
Av. Elmer Faucett 3350 34953 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
–– Mechatronics/Process automation
Jl. Tekno V Blok A/1 Sektor XI
re
Chile Urb. Bocanegra Tel. +90 (0)216 585 00 85,
a
Kawasan Industri BSD
s h
Festo S.A. Fax +90 (0)216 585 00 50
to
Serpong -Tangerang 15314 Callao
l
Avenida Américo Vespucio, 760 Banten - Indonesia Tel. +51(1)2196960, Fax +51(1)2196971 E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
ssu
Pudahuel Tel. +62 (0) 21 27 50 79 00, E-mail: festo.peru@pe.festo.com
i
Santiago Ukraine
ric
e
2 2
Fax +62 (0) 21 27 50 79 98 Philippines
Tel. +56 (2) 690 28 01, Fax +56 2 690 28 60 E-mail: sales_id@festo.com DP Festo
E-mail: info.chile@cl.festo.com Festo Inc. ul. Borisoglebskaya,11
-QM1 4 2
nt
Ve lectmatic Uni ce
iv
KM 18, West Service Road 04070, Kiev
Iran
Pre
China South Super Highway Tel. +380 (0)44 233 6451,
14 12
c
–– CNC technology/Equipment
Festo (China) Ltd. Festo Pneumatic S.K. 1700 Paranaque City
# 2, 6th street, 16th avenue, Fax +380 (0)44 463 70 96
Dr
5 3
1156 Yunqiao Road,
Km 8, Special Karaj Road
Metro Manila E-mail: orders_ua@festo.com T B P A -KH1 2 1
Jinqiao Export Processing Zone, Tel. +63 (2) 77 66 888, Fax +63 (2) 82 34 220/21
Wörterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
1 1
Pudong, P.O.Box 15815-1485 E-mail: info_ph@festo.com United Kingdom
Shanghai 201206 Teheran 1389793761 Festo Limited
Tel. +98 (0)21 44 52 24 09, Poland
Tel. +86 21 60 81 51 00, Fax +86 21 58 54 03 00 Festo Sp. z o.o. Applied Automation Centre
E-mail: info_cn@cn.festo.com Fax +98 (0)21 44 52 24 08 Caswell Road
Textbook
al
Dictionary of Automation Technology
E-mail: Mailroom@festo.ir Janki k/Warszawy 1 3

ul. Mszczonowska 7 Brackmills Trading Estate
Colombia
e p tic es pes k tesure

05090 Raszyn Northampton NN4 7PY -SJ1 2 -BG1 2 -SJ2 2
Festo Ltda. Ireland
o
Tel. +48 (0)22 711 41 00, Tel. ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00,
Vereda la Punta Autopista Medellín Km 6.3 (Costado Festo Limited Fax ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01
Tenjo, Cundinamarca Unit 5 Sandyford Park Fax +48 (0)22 711 41 02
ic
E-mail: info_pl@festo.com E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
Tel. +57(1) 865 77 29, Fax +57(1) 865 77 94 Sandyford Industrial Estate 2
1 3 1 3 1 3
r
E-mail: mercadeo@co.festo.com Dublin 18 Portugal United States
Tel. +353 (0)1 295 49 55,
ctr
Festo – Automação, Unipessoal, Lda. Festo Corporation
Croatia Fax +353 (0)1 295 56 80 395 Moreland Road
Festo d.o.o. Rua Manuel Pinto De Azevedo, 567
Hydraulics Electrohydraulics, Fundamentals
E-mail: sales_ie@festo.com Apartado 8013 P.O. Box 18023
y
Nova Cesta 181 Hauppauge, NY 11788
P-4109601 Porto
E neu
10000 Zagreb Israel Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
Apoio ao Cliente +351 22 615 61 50
log
Tel. +385 (0)1 619 19 69, Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd. Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
Fax +385 (0)1 619 18 18 Tel. +351 22 615 61 50, Fax +351 22 615 61 89
P.O. Box 1076 E-mail: info@pt.festo.com Tel. +1(631) 435 08 00, Fax +1(631) 435 80 26
Ele
s
E-mail: info_hr@festo.com
gy
Ha'atzma'ut Road 48 E-mail: customer.service@us.festo.com
Yehud 56100 Romania
Czech Republic
no
Tel. +972 (0)3 632 22 66, Festo S.R.L. Venezuela
Festo, s.r.o.
l
St. Constantin 17
olo
Fax +972 (0)3 632 22 77 Festo C.A.
Modřanská 543/76 E-mail: info_il@festo.com 010217 Bucuresti
147 00 Praha 4 Av. 23 esquina con calle 71
Tel. +40(0)21 403 95 00, N° 22-62, Edif. Festo.
h
Tel. +420 261 09 96 11, Fax +420 241 77 33 84 Italy Fax +40 (0)21 310 24 09
E-mail: info_cz@festo.com Sector Paraíso
c hn
Festo SpA E-mail: info_ro@festo.com Maracaibo - Venezuela
Denmark Via Enrico Fermi 36/38 Russia Tel. +58 (261) 759 11 20/759 41 20/759 44 38,
Te
Festo A/S 20090 Assago (MI) OOO Festo-RF Fax +58 (261) 759 04 55
c
Islevdalvej 180 Tel. +39 02 45 78 81, Fax +39 02 488 06 20 E-mail: festo@ve.festo.com
u neuma Valv ocess DrucPres

Michurinskiy prosp., 49
e
2610 Rødovre E-mail: info_it@festo.com 119607 Moscow
56975 de/en
Tel. +45 70 21 10 90, Fax +45 44 88 81 10 Vietnam
T
Tel. +7 495 737 34 00, Fax +7 495 737 34 01
E-mail: info_dk@festo.com Japan Festo Co Ltd
E-mail: info_ru@festo.com
l
Festo K.K. (Cong Ty TNHH FESTO)
nti
Estonia
Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal
1-26-10 Hayabuchi
Tsuzuki-ku
Singapore
Festo Pte. Ltd.
No. 1515 – 1516 Van Dai Dong Street
Ward An Phu, District 2 Deutsch – Englisch / Englisch – Deutsch
A.H. Tammsaare tee 118B Yokohama 224-0025 6 Kian Teck Way Ho Chi Minh City
Ve er
p
12918 Tallinn
Tel. +372 666 1560, Fax +372 666 15 6
E-mail: info_ee@festo.com
Tel. +81 (0)45 593 5610 / -5611,
Fax +81 (0)45 593 5678
E-mail: info_jp@festo.com
Singapore 628754
Tel. +65 62 64 01 52, Fax +65 62 61 10 26
E-mail: info@sg.festo.com
Tel. +84 (8) 62 81 44 53 – 4454,
Fax +84 (8) 62 81 4442
E-mail: info_vn@festo.com
www.festo.com German – English / English – German
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic
o or ind
ctr
574181 en 541088 en
ele Se
ns Zyl
Technical literature and textbooks

The technical literature and text-
books provide the basis for study-
m P r Workbooks
At the cutting edge for more than
50 years: Festo Didactic’s training
Dictionaries and manuals
Symbols, rules, standards, formulae
etc. You don’t need to have every-
ing technologies and processes. For packages with equipment sets and thing in your head, but you do need
trainers and teachers, they are es- tailored workbook with exercises to know where to find it!
sential for preparing courses. They and sample solutions (including CD-
also provide anyone who does not ROM). The exercises are based on in-
enjoy self-study on a PC with profes- dustrial practice and have been suc-
sional guidelines for their practical cessfully used in numerous courses
exercises. for training specialist staff.

Media > Courseware
Legal security for you Campus license

The standard option for commer-
Festo Didactic’s teaching materials cial (professional) use. For all
are already in widespread use for those wishing to use the training
a diverse range of purposes. With materials at a single location.
the new licenses, the legal basis
for your individualized use has Enterprise license
now been established. From now For large (international) companies
on, you have the option of choos- and educational institutions with
ing one of three types of license, to multiple locations.
ensure an optimized – and legal-
ly secure – use of Festo’s teaching For information on each of the
materials tailored to your needs. license types, please see the table
below.
You can choose from the following
types of license: Note:
–– The license types are valid for all
HomeUse license Festo Didactic training m aterials.
For personal use. The advantage –– The full rights of use are set
to you: a lower price for the PDF of out in the legal information
the training material. contained in the purchased train-
ing materials.
Properties HomeUse license Campus license Enterprise license
Scope of delivery PDF document Teaching material As agreed

(exercises/worksheets, (workbook with
sample solutions) multimedia CD-ROM*)
Document protection Watermark – –
Document can be modified X X X
Reproduction rights – X X
Multilingual version* – – X*
Target group Private individuals Commercial/educational Commercial/educational

organizations (single location) organizations (multiple locations)
Shop
* The languages offered vary depending on the training material.
Media > Courseware > Pneumatics
Pneumatics
Set of posters
Electrical, pneumatic and logic symbols Systematic control diagram of a pneumatic control system
Energy conversion Energy transfer Actuation Valves Comparison of logic elements Power component Displacement-step diagram
Manual actuation Directional control valves 1A1 1B1 1B2
line
Designation Function table Equation Symbol to Representation to Representation to
2 2 EN 60617-12 ISO 1219-1 EN 60617-7 1S1 “Start”
pneumatic electrical
compressor vacuum pump line connection crossing line by by by by by by
1 1
1B1
pushing pulling turning lever pedal rocker Identity I Q Q=I Q
2/2-way valve 2/2-way valve I 1 Q
0 0 I 3=1
normally closed position normally open position 1 1 1 2
Mechanical actuation
pneumatic silencer 2 2
energy source I Q
pneumatic motor with pneumatic motor with
front
1B2
one flow direction alternating flow direction I Q Q
by by by by roller lever, actua- 1 3 1 3 Negation Q=I
and two directions of air outlet without air outlet with 3/2-way valve 3/2-way valve I 1 Q
rotation plunger whisker roller tion in one direction 0 1 I
connection option connection option of travel only normally closed position normally open position 1 0 Control components 1 cylinder 1A1
1 1 2 2 4 2
I Q
2 2 1V3 1V4
rotary drive/semi-rotary drive with limited angle 3 3 2
of rotation pressure supply port, three-way rotary 1 3 magnetic field 1 3 1 3 Or I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q rear
closed connection 1 Q
actuated in initial position actuated 3/3-way valve 4/2-way valve 0 0 0 I2
I1 I2 1B1
mid-position closed 0 1 1 steps
1 0 1 I1 I2
single-acting cylinder, single-acting cylinder, quick decoupler without quick decoupler with Pneumatic actuation 4 2 4 2
1 1 1 3 1 path
return motion by return motion by non-return valve, coupled two non-return valves,
external force spring force coupled Q
5 1 3 5 1 3
pneumatically pneumatically actuated, reset by 5/2-way valve 5/3-way valve
And I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q 2
quick decoupler without quick decoupler with two actuated different size control pneumatic mid-position closed
I2 & Q
non-return valve, non-return valves, 0 0 0 I1
areas spring 4 2 4 2
decoupled; decoupled; 0 1 0
double-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder
i.e. line open i.e. line closed 1 0 0 I1 I2
Adjusting component GRAFCET (EN 60848)
with piston rod at with adjustable cushioning Electrical actuation 1 1 1 I2 1V2
one end at both ends 4 2
5 1 3 5 1 3 Q
5/3-way valve 5/3-way valve 0
mid-position exhausted mid-position pressurised
by solenoid coil with by solenoid coil with two Inhibition I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q
double acting cylinder with through piston rod
filter one active winding counter-windings directional control valve with
I2 & Q 14 12
intermediate positions – dynamic 0 0 0 I1
p1
p2 control valve 0 1 0 1S1*1B1 “start condition”
1 0 1
1 1 0 I2 I1 I2 5 3
Pressure control valves 1 “cylinder advance stroke”
pressure booster, single-acting, which Q 1A1:=1
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into
filter with separator, fluid separator,
by electric motor with by stepper motor 2 2 1
with manual drain with automatic drain
higher hydraulic pressure p2 continuous rotary motion
12 Implication I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q 1B2 “forward end position reached”
1 Q
0 0 1 I2
1 3 1 I1 I2 Processing component
Combined actuation 0 1 0 2 1A1:=0 “cylinder return stroke”
pressure relief valve, sequence valve with 1 0 1 I1
adjustable exhaust, adjustable 1 1 1 1V1
double-acting rodless cylinder with adjustable cooler without flow lines cooler with flow lines 2
cushioning at both ends (pneumatic linear drive) for the direction of flow for the direction of flow 2 2 Q
I2
of coolant of coolant by solenoid coil and by solenoid coil or
pilot valve manual override and 1 1
pilot valve 1 1 3 Nor I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q
1 Q
pressure regulator pressure regulator with 0 0 1 I2
pressure medium converter I1 I2 K1
air dryer without vent hole, vent hole, adjustable 0 1 0
lubricator 1 0 0
adjustable
by solenoid coil or by solenoid coil or manual 1 1 0
manual override override with detent Stop valves
fluidic Muscle gripper, double acting, I1 I2 K Q
reservoir
(hose cylinder) with permanent magnet 2
on the piston Mechanical components 2
2
Nand I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1
& Q
Q Input components Start Input component
1 3 5 0 0 1 I2
0 1 1
I1 K1 (forward stroke) (return stroke)
2 1 1
1 21 1 0 1 1S1 1B1 1B2
detents I2 2 2 2
vacuum generator suction cup non-return non-return piloted non-return 1 1 0
valve valve with valve with spring K
I1 I2 Q
service unit – filter with manual drain, regulator with spring
Accessories manual adjustment, pressure control, pressure reset via spring spring-centred 2 2
display and lubricator (detailed representation) 1 1 1 1 Memory S R Q Q R R Q Q Q
Measurement and display devices S S Q
0 0 qn-1 q n-1 S K
0 1 0 1 K
Port designations dual-pressure valve shuttle valve
1 0 1 0 1 3 1 3 1 3
2 S R R Q Q
service unit with lubricator 1 1 0 1
Standardised Previous designation 1 3
pressure gauge temperature gauge (simplified representation) K
designation
(thermometer) for 2/2-way for 4/2-way for 5/2-way
and 3/2-way and 4/3-way and 5/3-way quick-exhaust valve shut-off valve Timer I texpired Q t1 Q I
Supply components
ISO 11727 valves valves valves I Q
– adjustable 0 0 0
service unit without lubricator 1 P P P Flow control valves – switch-on 1 0 0 K 0Z1
delayed 1 1 1 I
(simplified representation) 2 A B B
flow meter tachometer 1 2 1 2
3 R R S Q
4 – A A In order to achieve identical identification of mechanical
5 – – R flow control valve, fixed flow control valve,
optical indicator digital display
10* Z – – adjustable Timer I texpired Q
I
t2
Q
Q I signal generators (S) and contactless signal generators (B)
– adjustable 0 0 0
12 Z Y Y 1 2
– switch-off 1 0 1 K
in pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuit diagrams,
14 – Z Z
delayed 0 1 0 I identification has been selected according to ISO 1219-2
* pilot port, on valves with normally open position
(NOT function) Q and DIN/EN 61346-2.
one-way flow control valve, adjustable
053614 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com 053615 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Electrical and electropneumatic components Pneumatic – Directional control, stop and pressure control valves
Limit switch, electrical Pressure switch 3/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated Directional control valves Stop valves Pressure control valves
(PE-converter, adjustable) 2
2 4 p 12 3/2-way valve One-way flow control valve Pressure regulator

(1M1) 2 2
1 82 1 3 1 2
adjusting screw BN 1 3 1 3
1M1
BK
p
BU
3 3
2
P2 P1
1 2
1 2
pressure switch: connection to P1 3
vacuum switch: connection to P2
differential pressure switch: connection to P1 and P2, p1 p2 1
Dual-pressure valve
82 3 2 1
2
1 1
Proximity sensors, electrical Relay 5/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated 2
4 2
A1 3 14
(1M1)
4 5 3
A2 1 5/2-way valve Pressure relief valve
4 2 2
A1 1 1M1 14 12
2 5 3 1
A2 1
magnetic
24 V 1 1
A1 2 4 2
BN
BK 1
Shuttle valve
A2
A1 2
1 1
BU 2
A1 12 14 22 24 1
A2
0V
A2 11 21
inductive A1 A2 14 12 11
24 V
BN
5 4 1 2 3
14 5 4 1 2 3 12
BK
A1 3/2-way solenoid valve, directly controlled 5/2-way double solenoid valve, pilot actuated
2 4 2
BU
A2
3 12 14 12 5/3-way valve Sequence valve
0V (1M1) (1M1) (1M2) form 1
4 2 1 1 2
1 3 5 3
capacitive 1 14 12 12
24 V
5 3
Quick-exhaust valve 3 1
1M1 1M1 1M2 1 2
BN
BK 1
3 3 form 2
A1 2
BU
A2
0V
2
optical
24 V 12 1 3
BN
BK 2
A1 1 14 5 4 1 2 3 12 3 2 1 12
BU
0V
A2 5 4 1 2 3 1
Everything that you need to know: Poster titles:

Pneumatic – Power components Five posters on pneumatics –– Electrical, pneumatic, and logic
symbols
Mounting types Double-acting cylinder for proximity sensing with adjustable cushioning at both ends
cushioning piston
Now the updated version of the pop- –– Systematic control diagram of a
end cap permanent magnet
piston
piston rod
seal bearing cap

ular A1 poster is supplied rolled pneumatic control system
seal and wiper
up, quickly providing a comprehen- –– Electrical and electropneumatic
sive overview. All symbols and ter- components
minology correspond to the current –– Pneumatic – Directional control,
piston seal
cylinder barrel
guide bush
standards ISO 1219-1 and DIN/EN stop, and pressure control valves
81346-2. –– Pneumatic – Power components
adjustable adjustable
end position cushioning end position cushioning
Cylinder with guide unit Single-acting cylinder for proximity sensing Pneumatic linear drive
de 193129
en 551015
Rotary drive/semi-rotary Pneumatic gripper, double-acting Swivel/linear drive, double-acting with Pneumatic linear drive with magnetic coupling
es 551014
drive with limited angle permanent magnet on the piston
fr 551013
of rotation
051269 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Courseware > Hydraulics
Hydraulics
Set of posters
Hydraulic symbols Hydraulics – Structure of a hydraulic system
Energy conversion Energy transfer Actuation Valves Valves Valves Signal control section Hydraulic power section Power section Control section
line, supply line, return line, component framing
Manual actuation Basic symbols Directional control valves Stop valves
and symbol boxed in
A A B Ø 63/45x300
internal and external pilot line, leakage oil line, shut-off valve 3-way stop-cock 1A1 1B1 1B2
hydraulic pump with constant delivery rate purging line, exhaust line by by by pulling
pushing pulling and pushing P T P T 24 V 1 2 3 4 5 6
Function unit for valves with main ports. 3/2-way valve with 4/2-way valve with two non-return valve non-return valve with spring
The number of ports corresponds to the number solenoid coil, directly solenoid coils, directly B A2 B2 Drive section
frames for several components of lines shown above and below a square. actuated, reset by actuated, with detent
by by by spring and manual (double solenoid valve) 11 32 34 32 34
hydraulic variable displacement pump with alternating turning lever rocker override with detent S1 K1 K2
tubing line 12 31 31
direction of delivery at constant direction of rotation A B A X A1 B1 Ø 16 Ø 16
Mechanical actuation piloted non-return double non-return valve,
valve with spring piloted
X1 P T X2
Signal flow
line crossing closed exhaust B B 1Z3
connection line port 4/3-way valve, hydraulically actuated, spring-centred A1 A2 A1 A2
by by by roller lever, actuation 15 MPa 13 12 14 13 22 24
reversible hydraulic pump/hydraulic motor unit with
two directions of flow and variable displacement plunger roller in one direction of travel basic elements with 2, 3, 4 switching positions A B A 1V5 P S2 K1 S3 K2
only shuttle valve dual-pressure valve 14 11 14 21
volume, external leakage oil line and two directions pressure supply port, plug within a fluid line (OR function) (AND function) 1V4 5 MPa
of rotation. closed
A 1V3 1V6
P T
Flow control valves Signal Signal Energy control T
4/3-way proportional valve, directly actuated P
P T A B input processing section
hydraulic tank connection, ending actuated in initial position G G
A B flow control flow control orifice, fixed
energy source below and above the oil level
Energy flow
2 4 2 4
Ø 16x2
Ø 16x2
hydraulic motor with rotary drive/semi-rotary valve, fixed valve, adjustable
constant displacement/ drive with limited angle Pressure actuation 1B2 1B1
B B1 B2 1 1
absorption capacity and of rotation and two paths and directions of flow through a valve X P T Y
two directions of rotation directions of flow reservoir closed reservoir open to
with cover atmosphere 4/3-way servo valve piloted by a control solenoid, 1V2 A B
with closed-loop position control of main and pilot
pneumatically hydraulically stage, with integrated electronics, external pilot
actuated actuated function: leak-tight locking, hydraulic seat A A
supply and drain 1M1 1M2 12 14 22 24
electric motor one-way flow control flow distributor
A B valve, adjustable P T Ø 22x2
K2 K1
Electrical actuation 11 21
B T B
motor shaft points to pump shaft points to
the right (preferably) the left (preferably)
directional control valve with intermediate 1Z2
positions – dynamic control valve P T
or to the left or to the right Control energy supply Energy supply 15 MPa P
by solenoid coil with one winding A B 4/3-way servo valve, piloted, solenoid coil with two 1V1
windings, with mechanical feedback of the valve slide
A
section 8 MPa A1 A1
– active direction – active direction position to the pilot stage
1M1 1M2 A 0Z2
towards the away from the
• energy conversion K1 K2 1M1 1M2
compact gear unit (simplified representation) valving element valving element X P T Y 3-way flow control 2-way flow control T
15 MPa A2 A2
A valve, adjustable valve, non-adjustable • pressure medium
hydraulic pump and hydraulic motor with shaft A examples for connection
preparation
Ø 22x2
coupling identification:
A = port Accessories
by solenoid coil with two windings, active direction P T
single-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder B = port P
to and from the valving element T L
3/2-way poppet valve with solenoid coil and 0V1
with piston rod at one end, with piston rod at one end
quick decoupler with quick decoupler with
P = pump
limit switch
Measurement and display devices 10 MPa
0V 12 12
14 .2 14 .1
spring chamber with T = reservoir 0Z1 1Z1
two non-return valves, two non-return valves, 11 11
leakage oil connection X = control oil supply
decoupled; coupled b10 = 75
Y = control oil relief 22 22
i.e. line closed 1M1
L = leakage oil
Pressure control valves T
21 24 .3 21 24 .4
by electric motor with by stepper motor M = solenoid coil
0M1 0P1
continuous rotary motion A pressure gauge temperature gauge 32 32
5.5 kW 16 cm3
Connections must be marked on the circuit diagram P (thermometer) -1 31 34 .5 31 34 .6
using the identification marked on the component, 1500 min
double-acting cylinder with through piston rod of
different diameters, with adjustable cushioning Combined actuation sub-base or block (ISO 1219-2). 42 42
41 44 41 44
at both ends T
filter tank – ventilation filter
P L flow rate display flow meter
by solenoid coil by solenoid coil or directly actuated sequence valve,
and pilot valve manual override and pressure relief valve, self-actuating, with
single-acting cylinder, plunger cylinder pilot valve 2/2-way valve with 2 ports, 2 switching positions
for 2 flow directions. adjustable bypass valve
Variants of signal control section Examples for the identification of components to ISO 1219-2 Identification key
– normally closed – normally open A A fluid level display tachometer
position position (sight glass) and DIN/EN 61346-2
filter with bypass valve with optical contamination
indicator and switch by solenoid coil by solenoid coil or • Electrical relay technology 1A1 double-acting cylinder 0Z2 pressure gauge 1 – 1 S 2
telescope cylinder, telescope cylinder, P L P L P
or manual override manual override with
single-acting double-acting detent directly actuated piloted 2-way pressure
1Z2 pressure gauge
pressure switch, electro- pressure sensor, • PLC controllers 1B1 limit switch 1Z3 pressure gauge
p1 2-way pressure regulator regulator with external mechanical, adjustable analogue output signal component number
p2
Mechanical components 3/2-way valve with 4/2-way valve with with external control control oil relief
• Pneumatic controllers (explosion-proof applications) 1B2 limit switch
3 ports and 4 ports and oil relief 0V1 pressure relief valve, component designation
cooler without flow lines 5 2 switching positions, 2 switching positions P
1V3 non-return valve adjustable
heating • Mechanical controllers (e.g. cam-driven)
pressure booster, single-acting, which for the direction of flow normally closed position A A pressure switch, electronically adjustable,
1V6 non-return valve 1V1 pressure relief valve, circuit number
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into a of coolant output signal switching
higher hydraulic pressure p2 Detents are to be symmetrically matched with the • Manual control (e.g. excavators) adjustable system number
mechanical connection. P T T G G 1V4 2-way flow control valve
G G With more than three detent positions the number
of positions can be displayed above the detent
displacement encoder displacement encoder 0Z1 fluid level indicator Component identification to Component identification to
3-way pressure regulator accumulator charging valve with analogue output with digital output signal
element. 1V5 pressure relief valve,
P T
signal
adjustable
ISO 1219-2 DIN/EN 61346-2
G
0P1 pump
double-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder gas pressure accumulator, separation of
media through: X (counter-pressure valve
with displacement with integrated pumps and compressors: P signal receiver: B
encoder on the piston rod displacement encoder diaphragm bladder piston reset by spring spring-centred T P optical indicator digital display for tractive load) 0M1 electric motor
4/3-way valve with 4 ports and 3 switching fluid drives: A relay: K
(diaphragm (bladder (piston shut-off/ proportional pressure
accumulator) accumulator) accumulator) positions – various mid-position variants 4 L
1V2 4/3-way solenoid valve, 1Z1 filter signal input: S electric drives: M
counterbalancing valve relief valve, directly
1 1 actuated with closed-loop spring-centred valves: V
2 2 position control of fluid level switch with electrical fluid level all other componets: Z, or any
3 3 solenoid coil and with 4 normally closed monitoring with analogue letter not yet included in the list
three-way rotary connection integrated electronics contacts output signal and
digital display
Hydraulics – Directional control and non-return valves Hydraulics – Flow control and pressure control valves
Directional control valves, directly controlled Directional control valve, pilot actuated Non-return valves Flow control valves Pressure relief valve, Pressure relief valve, application example: pressure relief valve
internally controlled, damped P
A B A B Throttle Orifice 1A1
4/2-way solenoid valve 4/3-way solenoid valve, Non-return valve, spring-loaded
mid-position closed
1M1 1M1 1M2 B B B B T L
P T X P T Y
1V1 A B
A A A A P 7 1M1 0Z3
1M1 1M1 1M2 MPa P T
fixed adjustable fixed adjustable 5
4
0Z2 system pressure limitation
l 3
l
p
valve slide 2 8 MPa

0Z1 0V1 P
high-resistance 1 8 MPa
housing direction 0
T L 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 l/min 8
d d q
T
opening characteristics p = f (q)

0Z4
l>d l << d
Sequence valve, 10 MPa
externally controlled P
X
adjustment range A safety valve
A L 10 MPa
helix
T A P B Pressure relief valve, application example: counter-pressure valve
flow
direction P P 1A1
coil return spring

B
1Z1
ar mature X X
1V2 P
manual override 1V3
adjustment
range A L A L
T m
Y T A P B X A B 1V1 A B counter-pressure valve
2 MPa
1M1 0Z2
P T
4/3-way solenoid valve, Slide principle Poppet principle Non-return valve, piloted 2-way flow control valve 2-way pressure regulator 0Z1
form 1 B A system pressure limitation
mid-position closed 8 MPa
A B B 0V1 P
1M1 1M2 P L T
A
P T
A X 1A1 form 2 0Z3
B 10 MPa
A A
1M1 1M2
safety valve
10 MPa
1Z1
Pressure relief valve, application example: brake valve
flow from A to B
X A B P L P L
B
A m
1V1
1A1
A
differential 1Z1 1Z2
3-way pressure regulator suction suction
pressure A valve valve
regulator brake valve brake valve
0Z1 B 1V1
1V2 P 16 MPa 1V4 P 16 MPa
1V5
1V3 A B
0V1 P
P T L
T T
flow from B to A closed 1M1 1M2
P T
T A P B X A B T
0Z1
A throttle
point 10 MPa
T P L
flow from B to A
X A B safety valve and system pressure
limitation 10 MPa
Everything that you need to know: Poster titles:

Hydraulics – Energy supply and cylinders Five posters on hydraulics –– Hydraulic symbols
–– Hydraulics – Structure of a
Hydraulic power pack
pressure filter with

contamination indicator
Filtration
Hydraulic filters are installed in

different ways, depending on
Now the updated version of the pop- hydraulic system
ular A1 poster is supplied rolled –– Hydraulics – Directional control
the application in question.
cooling water Classic filter applications:

circuit return-line, intake-line and pressure
pressure gauge filtration (also in combination)
temperature
gauge
directional
cooler
Further application:
bypass filtration
high-pressure filter
up, quickly providing a comprehen- and non-return valves
sive overview. All symbols and ter- –– Hydraulics – Flow control and
control valve
pressure relief valve

return line breather filter
hydraulic pump
minology correspond to the current pressure control valves

pump holder
return filter
air filter suction pipe
filling strainer
standards ISO 1219-1 and DIN/EN –– Hydraulics – Energy supply and

level indicator suction filter
cleaning aperture
drain
electric motor
baffle plate suction filter

81346-2. cylinders
screw
Pump types Double-acting cylinder Single-acting cylinder, Designs of cylinders

hydraulic ram
Schematic
representation
Designs Speed
range
-1
Displace-
ment
volume
3
Nominal
pressure
Overall
efficiency Designs Remarks Schematic representation
de 196948
(min ) (cm ) (MPa)
differential area ratio 2:1
en 551012
gear pump, 500 – 3500 1.2 – 250 6.3 – 16 0.80 – 0.91 1A1
cylinder (piston area :
externally 1A1 piston ring area)
geared
m
es 551011
gear pump, 500 – 3500 4 – 250 16 – 25 0.80 – 0.91 A M synchronous pressurised areas
internally 1Z1 cylinder identical in size;
geared advance and return
1V1 speed identical
A B
A1= A2
Screw 500 – 4000 4 – 630 2.5 – 16 0.70 – 0.84
fr 551010
cylinder with to reduce the speed of
pump end position heavy loads and to
P T
P T cushioning prevent heavy impact
0Z1 0Z1
vane 960 – 3000 5 – 160 10 – 16 0.80 – 0.93
pump telescopic increased stroke travel
cylinder
axial ...... – 3000 100 20 0.82 – 0.92 pressure gives higher pressure
piston 750 – 3000 25 – 800 16 – 25 0.82 – 0.92 intensifier
pump 750 – 3000 25 – 800 16 – 32 0.80 – 0.92
tandem cylinder for cases requiring

radial 960 – 3000 5 – 160 16 – 32 0.90 high forces and where
piston the available space is
pump limited
053034 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Media > Courseware > Pneumatics
Pneumatics
Textbooks, Workbooks, Training material
Festo worldwide
Pneumatics Closed-Loop Pneumatics
Electropneumatics
Fundamentals
Singapore
Festo Pte. Ltd.
6 Kian Teck Way
Singapore 628754
Tel. ++65/62 64 01 52, Fax 62 61 10 26
E-mail: info_sg@festo.com
Slovakia Textbook Workbook

Festo spol. s r.o.
Gavlovicová ul. 1 Pneumatische TP 111
83103 Bratislava 3
Tel. ++421 (0)2/49 10 49 10, Fax 49 10 49 11
E-mail: info_sk@festo.com Grundsteuerungen
Slovenia
Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
1236 Trzin
Tel. ++386 (0)1/530 21 00, Fax 530 21 25
E-mail: info_si@festo.com
South Africa
Festo (Pty) Ltd.
22-26 Electron Avenue, P.O. Box 255
Isando 1600
Tel. ++27 (0)11/971 55 00, Fax 974 21 57
E-mail: info_za@festo.com 1A1 With CD-ROM
Spain
Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
Tel. 901243660 Fax 902243660
Avenida Granvia, 159
Distrito económico Granvia L'H 4 2
ES-08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat, Barcelona
Tel. ++ 3493/261 64 00, Fax 261 64 20
14 12
E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Sweden
84 5 1 3 82 1V1 4 2
Festo AB
Stillmansgatan 1, P.O. Box 21038
20021 Malmö
14 12
Tel. ++46 (0)40/38 38 40, Fax 38 38 10
E-mail: info_se@festo.com 5 3
Switzerland 1
Festo AG
Moosmattstrasse 24
8953 Dietikon ZH 1S1 2 1S2 2
Tel. ++41 (0)44/744 55 44, Fax 744 55 00
Taiwan
Festo Co., Ltd. 14 12
Head Office 1 3 1 3
24450, No. 9, Kung 8th Road
Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
Linkou Hsiang, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
84 5 4 1 2 3 82
Tel. ++886 (0)2 26 01 92 81,
Fax ++886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
E-mail: festotw@festo.com
Thailand
Festo Ltd.
67/1 Moo 6 Phaholyothin Road
Klong 1, Klong Luang,
Pathumthani 12120
Tel. ++66 29 01 88 00, Fax ++66 29 01 88 33
E-mail: info_th@festo.com
Turkey
Textbook
Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.

Tuzla Mermerciler Organize
Sanayi Bölgesi, 6/18 TR
34956 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Tel. ++90 (0)216/585 00 85, Fax 585 00 50
E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
Ukraine
Festo Ukraina
Pneumatics Electropneumatics, Fundamentals
Borisoglebskaja 11
Kiev 04070
Tel. ++380 (0)44/239 24 33, Fax 463 70 96
E-mail: info_ua@festo.com
United Kingdom
Festo Limited
Applied Automation Centre, Caswell Road
Brackmills Trading Estate
Northampton NN4 7PY
Tel. ++44 (0)1604/66 70 00, Fax 66 70 01
E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
United States
Festo Corporation (New York)
Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
395 Moreland Road, P.O.Box 18023
Hauppauge, N.Y. 11788
Tel. ++ 1(0)314/770 01 12, Fax 770 16 84
E-mail: info_us@festo.com
Venezuela
Festo C.A.
Av. 23, Esquina calle 71, No. 22-62
Maracaibo, Edo. Zulia Festo Didactic 151508 DE Festo Didactic
Tel. ++58 (0)261/759 09 44, Fax 759 04 55
E-mail: festo@festo.com.ve 573030 EN 11/06 094465 en
Basic principles of pneumatics Basic pneumatic controllers Closed-loop pneumatics Case of cutaway pneumatic models
and electropneumatics Practical knowledge Workbook For visualising the structure and
Textbook This booklet has been created for The 21 exercises contained in this function of pneumatic components.
–– For use in vocational schools, tech- practitioners who need to implement workbook offer a practical introduc-
nical colleges, schools for master small projects quickly and effective- tion to closed-loop control pneu- All of the cutaway models used are
craftspeople, and in company-wide ly. The various circuit examples fa- matics. Besides fundamentals, the of industrial design. Dynamic ele-
training cilitate the creation of many simple workbook also covers subjects such ments and wearing parts correspond
–– Conveys the essential basic prin- tasks. The examples shown are com- as the function of various controllers to the original. The models select-
ciples of pneumatics and electro- plementary. If something is not clear, and control circuits, empirical set- ed are those relevant to pneumatic
pneumatics the previous step can be referred to. ting of controller parameters and the training. Some of the cutaway mod-
–– Contains technical and mathemat- This means that even those with lit- influence of interference variables. els retain their function or partial
ical content, application examples, tle experience can quickly become You will need equipment set Closed- function so that they can be demon-
workflow descriptions, and safe- familiar with the subject matter. loop control pneumatics, TP 111 to strated in use.
ty measures for electropneumatic carry out the exercises.
control systems, as well as over- Reference work for circuit The following components are in-
views of the relevant symbols and planning symbols The workbook includes: cluded in a case of cutaway models:
circuit symbols A detailed overview of the most –– Sample solutions –– Single and double-acting cylinders
–– Also presents in detail the design important circuit planning sym- –– Training notes –– Filter regulator
of circuit diagrams and individual bols shows the structure of control- –– Multimedia CD-ROM with –– AND gate
pneumatic components lers and gives hints on the practical supplementary media –– OR gate
–– Takes into account the change in implementation of circuit diagrams –– Exercise sheets for trainees –– Delay valve
the requirements and technical that have been developed. –– Quick-exhaust valve
developments in electropneumatic J. Gerhartz, D. Scholz –– Valve slice
control systems W. Braungard, P. Löbelenz, G. Mark Edition 2001, 542 pages, in folder. –– Pressure gauge
Edition 2006, 80 pages, booklet. –– Roller lever valve
F. Ebel, S. Idler, G. Prede, D. Scholz de 151508 Campus license (➔ Page 19): –– Pressure sequence valve
3rd edition 2017, 211 pages, in color, de 94459 –– Pneumatic valve
bound. en 94465 –– One-way flow control valve
de 567028 es 533499 Order no. 539007
en 573030 fr 94347
es 573031
fr 573032

Media > Courseware > Hydraulics
Hydraulics
DVD, Textbooks
Festo worldwide
Slovakia
Hydraulics Proportional Hydraulics
Electrohydraulics
Festo spol. s r.o.
Basic Level
Gavlovicová ul. 1
83103 Bratislava 3
Tel. +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10,
0 Fax +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11
E-mail: info_sk@festo.com
Slovenia
Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
Fundamentals
1236 Trzin
46 Tel. +386 (0)1 530 21 00,
Fax +386 (0)1 530 21 25
E-mail: info_si@festo.com
South Africa
Festo (Pty) Ltd.
22-26 Electron Avenue
13 15 P.O. Box 255 Textbook Textbook TP 701
Isando 1600
Tel. 08600 FESTO (33786),
Fax 08794 FESTO (33786)
E-mail: sales@za.festo.com
Spain
Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U.
Avenida Granvia, 159
Distrito Económico Granvia L'H
08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat
Barcelona
Tel. +34 901243660, Fax +34 902243660
E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Sweden
Festo AB
Stillmansgatan 1
Box 21038
200 21 Malmö
Tel. +46 (0)20 38 38 40, Fax +46 (0)40 38 38 10
E-mail: order@festo.se
Switzerland
Festo AG
Moosmattstrasse 24
8953 Dietikon
Tel. +41 (0)44 744 55 44,
Fax +41 (0)44 744 55 00
Taiwan A B
Festo Co., Ltd.
Head Ofce
9, Kung 8th Road
10 99 Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
Linkou Dist., New Taipei City M1 M2
24450 Taiwan, R.O.C. P T
Tel. +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81,
Fax +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
E-mail: info_tw@tw.festo.com
Thailand
Festo Ltd.
Viranuvat Building, 6th - 7th Floor.
1250 Bangna - Trad Road (Soi 34)
Bangna, Bangkok 10260
Tel. 1-800-290-477,+66 - 2785 -3700,
Fax 1-800-290-478
E-mail: info_th@festo.com
Turkey
Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
Istanbul Anadolu Yakas Organize Sanayi Bolgesi
Aydinli Mah. TEM Yan Yol Cad. No:16
34953 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Tel. +90 (0)216 585 00 85,
Fax +90 (0)216 585 00 50
E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
Ukraine
DP Festo
ul. Borisoglebskaya,11
04070, Kiev
Tel. +380 (0)44 233 6451,
Fax +380 (0)44 463 70 96
E-mail: orders_ua@festo.com T B P A
0/21
United Kingdom
Festo Limited
Applied Automation Centre
Caswell Road
Textbook
Brackmills Trading Estate

Northampton NN4 7PY
Tel. ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00,
Fax ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01
E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
United States
Festo Corporation
395 Moreland Road
Hydraulics Electrohydraulics, Fundamentals
P.O. Box 18023

Hauppauge, NY 11788
Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
1 89 Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
Tel. +1(631) 435 08 00, Fax +1(631) 435 80 26
E-mail: customer.service@us.festo.com
Venezuela
Festo C.A.
Av. 23 esquina con calle 71
N° 22-62, Edif. Festo.
Sector Paraíso
Maracaibo - Venezuela
Tel. +58 (261) 759 11 20/759 41 20/759 44 38,
Fax +58 (261) 759 04 55
E-mail: festo@ve.festo.com
Vietnam
01 Festo Co Ltd
(Cong Ty TNHH FESTO)
No. 1515 – 1516 Van Dai Dong Street
Ward An Phu, District 2
Ho Chi Minh City
Tel. +84 (8) 62 81 44 53 – 4454,
Fax +84 (8) 62 81 4442
E-mail: info_vn@festo.com
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic
574181 en 094378 en
Fundamentals of hydraulics Proportional hydraulics, Basic level DVD Electropneumatics/

and electrohydraulics Textbook Electrohydraulics, Basic level
Textbook How can speed be controlled? How This video primarily covers electrical
This textbook teaches the main is a position held? How is leakage controllers. In addition to an intro-
fundamentals of hydraulics and avoided? Where and when can ener- duction to electrical engineering, it
electrohydraulics in a clear manner: gy be conserved? This book provides shows the most important switching
–– Physical fundamentals of a clear and easy-to-understand intro- elements and basic circuits. Practical
hydraulics duction to the fundamentals of pro- applications alternate with anima-
–– Fundamentals regarding hydraulic portional hydraulics. tions and circuit examples.
fluids
–– Components of the power supply D. Scholz The DVD is multilingual (de, en, es,
section Edition 1997, 123 pages, bound. fr, it, tr, cn, ru). The language can be
–– Drives, pressure regulators, de 94377 selected.
directional control valves, shut- en 94378
off valves, flow control valves, and 48 minutes
proportional valves, as well as Order no. 538487
characteristic values and designs
–– Fundamentals of electrical engi-
neering and electrical components
–– Workflow descriptions for process-
ing machines and production sys-
tems
–– Circuit symbols and layout of
circuit diagrams
–– Safety measures for electrohydrau-
lic control systems
Renate Aheimer, Christine Löffler, Dieter

Merkle, Georg Prede, Klaus Rupp, Dieter
Scholz, Burkhard Schrader
2012 edition, 232 pages, in color, bound.
de 574180
en 574181
es 574182
Workstation systems
24
Universal laboratory furniture.........................................................................26
Learnline..........................................................................................................28
Learntop-S.......................................................................................................36
Learntop-A/Learntop-L.....................................................................................38
25
Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture
The universal laboratory furniture

Learnline
The modular workstation systems for With Learnline, you have an integrat- Quality from Festo Versatile, flexible, and expandable
basic and specialized training. With ed storage principle that can be used We don’t make compromises when it One glance at the basic structure
many practical details to make teach- for training in pneumatic, hydraulic, comes to quality. Workmanship and proves that Learnline meets a mul-
ing and learning easier. or electrical engineering without the functionality are of the highest lev- titude of requirements. After all,
need for modifications. Design and el. The torsionally rigid design and with just a few individual and well
function are combined, which is evi- the high-quality coating of the work thought-out components, results can
dent in every practical detail. Learn- surface and frame guarantee a long be achieved which suit the needs of
line consists of basic mobile and sta- service life despite many stresses people, the available space, and any
tionary units with a cable/oil tray, and strains. Learnline can handle the technical challenges. The function-
various modular systems and exten- rigorous routine of everyday teach- al profile column is a prerequisite
sion elements, rolling and fixed con- ing as well as a vibrating load during for modularity. As the central attach-
tainers, in addition to special storage hydraulic position control. Even high ment point, it opens up a multitude
systems, attachments, and the corre- mechanical forces, e.g., of servo- of options for putting together each
sponding accessories. The modular hydraulics, proportional pneumatics, desired configuration.
workstation system offers a multi- or robotic superstructures, can be
tude of configurations and mounting easily accommodated by Learnline. All components can be placed
options. Expert consultants in over anywhere on the slotted assembly
50 countries are available to prepare board and can be fastened tightly
an individual quotation for you. and securely in the profile slot with
a T-head nut or the patented Quick-
Fix with little effort and without addi-
tional tools.
A mounting system for all technolo-

gies and applications.

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture
Keeping order Integrated electrics

It doesn’t matter whether you keep With various electrical insert
your training packages in the Sys- panels, a supply duct, and differ-
tainer or in the container. The stor- ent superstructures, workstations
age equipment from Festo Didactic can be put to universal use. The
always ensures you have a quick mounting frames can be used for a
overview. The lockable containers large number of assembly boards
are equipped with self-closing and ER units. The ER mounting
drawer runners and a safety stop. frame is compatible with the elec-
Every drawer holds up to 20 kg trical components of the training
(44 lb). The shipping packaging packages. Alternatively, you can
for the pneumatic and hydraulic choose an A4 mounting frame ac-
equipment sets can be used as cording to the electrical engineer-
orderly drawer inserts. That saves ing standard.
material and gives you a quick
overview of the drawer contents.
Standard for design and function Learnline online configurator

Learnline – Winner of international Familiarize yourself with Learnline’s
design awards: functional design and configure your
–– iF product design award workstation quickly and easily on the
–– Silver Focus design award Internet according to your individual
requirements. Opt for a predefined
standard workstation or put togeth-
er your own configuration accord-
ing to your needs. Slotted assembly
boards, drawer units, and accesso-
ries can be easily selected and add-
ed to your configuration. The result
is a graphic representation of your
selection along with a parts list.
Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com 27

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learnline
Learnline mobile
More versatile than ever!
Flexible and modular

Learnline is of modular design and
offers an almost unlimited range of
configuration possibilities for your
Learnline workstation.
High mobility and optimum use

of space
Individual or group training work-
stations can be created with a mini-
mum of effort wherever they are re-
quired. Transport through doors is
also possible. This mobile worksta-
tion is designed in such a way as to
permit several people to work simul-
taneously. This is further facilitated
by the two integrated, fixed drawer
units that ensure quick and easy ac-
cess to the required components of
the Learning System.
Learnline
Winner of international design
awards

Optimum use of space Hydraulics for advanced trainees Pneumatic and Vertical or inclined?
The positioning of the storage plate The double pump power unit fits electrotechnical training Choose the vertical profile plate if
means that the free space beside the neatly on the frame beside the fixed The storage plate can hold up to you want to use the worktop for
fixed drawer units can be used for drawer units with no additional at- two compressors. Further mounting books or laptops, for example. Or if
Systainer or other storage systems. tachment required. The discharge frames for electronic components in the workstation is to be used from
The hydraulic power unit with single measuring container also fits beside A4 format, for example, can be used both sides, opt for the inclination
pump fits conveniently beside the the 1100 mm profile plate. in addition to the 700 mm p
rofile unit with an additional profile plate
1100 mm profile plate. plate. to adapt the plate inclination to your
requirements.
1 2 3
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1556 x D780 x H1773)
1 With 1100 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 539028
3 With 2x 700 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 572155

Stationary Learnline
Ergonomic and flexible
The stationary solution

With the stationary workstation
systems, Learnline combines the
requirements for typical desk sys-
tems with high functionality. They
provide ample desk space and leg-
room thanks to the roller container.
The containers also ensure quick and
easy access to any required compo-
nents.
Vertical or inclined?
The sturdy profile plate is fastened
to the stable profile of the angle ad-
justment. The inclination of the slot-
ted profile plate can be infinitely
adjusted, all the way down to a hor-
izontal position. The workstation
arrangement thus always offers the
best ergonomic position for any ex-
ercise.
Learnline
Winner of international design prices

31
Move up into another dimension: Optimum space utilization Pneumatic and electrical training Ergonomic connections
profile columns as set-up space Thanks to the angle adjustment, the In addition to the 700 mm (27.5”) With the supply duct, all important
Use the versatile profile columns as a profile plate can be lowered into a profile plate, additional mounting interfaces are within reach. In addi-
set-up space, compatible with Quick- horizontal position. Use the available frames can be inserted for electronic tion to the electrical and pneumatic
Fix, for equipment sets or for attach- space for A4 or ER mounting frames. components. supplies, PC interfaces, such as USB,
ing additional components vertically. Ethernet, or serial interfaces, can al-
Additional components, for example so be integrated in the supply duct.
cylinders with a 400 mm stroke, can
be mounted on the angle adjustment
profile.
1 2 3
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1512 x D780 x H1718)
3 Order no. 539025 with supply duct On request

Your individual design
1 2 Basic units 2 Basic stationary unit

Stable and with a high-quality The height of the worktop ensures a
coating, the basic worktables are comfortable working position when
guaranteed to fulfill your high seated. For holding a mounting
requirements. frame for profile plate set-up.
W 1512 x D 780 x H 760.
1 Basic mobile unit
With castors and wheel brakes. The
high worktop ensures a comfortable
working position when standing. The
flexible design of this workstation
makes it ideally suited to simultane-
ous use from both sides. W 1556 x
D 780 x H 815.
1 Basic mobile unit 535832

2 Basic stationary unit 535835
3 6 Drawer units 6/7/8 Wheeled drawer unit for

stationary workstations
3/4/5 Fixed drawer unit for Wheeled drawer unit with fully ex-
installation in mobile workstations tending, lockable steel drawers with
Drawer unit with fully-extending, safety stop. Fronts can be labelled.
lockable steel drawers with safety Load 20 kg per drawer. External di-
stop. Fronts can be labelled. Load mensions body W 476 x D 788 x H
20 kg per drawer. External dimen- 657, usable inner dimensions W 375
sions of body W 476 x D 788 x H 592, x D 700. All wheels freely movable,
4 7 usable inner dimensions W 375 x two wheels with lockable brake.
D 700.
3 Fixed drawer unit for pneumatics (4 drawers) 535833

4 Fixed drawer unit for hydraulics (3 drawers) 539026
5 Fixed drawer unit for mobile hydraulics (2 drawers) 574153
6 Wheeled drawer unit for pneumatics (4 drawers) 535834
7 Wheeled drawer unit for hydraulics (3 drawers) 539731
8 Wheeled drawer unit for mobile hydraulics (2 drawers) 574152
5 8

Mounting frame/Mounting sets 2 For inclined mounting 1 3

Versatile profile columns form the of the profile plate
core of the Learnline system. They The profile plate support can be
are used to mount the profile plate mounted at any height between the
frame, to attach components, or as two profile columns, ensuring work-
an alternative mounting surface for station ergonomics tailored to your
your training components. requirements. You can also place the
components from the training pack-
1 For vertical mounting age directly on the mounting frame,
of the profile plate thereby freeing up additional work-
The profile plate support is mount- space.
ed between the profile columns, the
profile plate is securely screwed to
the mounting frame and the frame 3 Mounting frame/Mounting sets for
structure. This makes the worksta- A4 mounting frame 2
tion extremely strong and resilient A4 mountings are mounted between
and means that the profile plate the profile columns. Up to three rows
can be used from both sides. of A4 mountings can be attached by
means of two additional mounting
sets for A4 mounting.
When mounting profile plates, order

one mounting set per profile plate.
When mounting A4 units, order one
mounting set for A4 mounting for
each additional row.
1 Mounting frame for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540698

Mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540697
2 Mounting frame for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539032
Mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539735
3 Mounting frame for A4 mounting frame 8066141
Mounting set for A4 mounting frame 8065498
4/5 Aluminum profile plates The grooves are compatible with the 4 5
The anodized aluminum profile plate ITEM profile system. Grid dimensions:
forms the basis for all training packag- 50 mm (1.97”).
es. All of the components fit securely
and safely into the grooves on the pro- For installation on tables we recom-
file plate. There are grooves on each mend the appropriate rubber feet
side and, if required, both sides can be (order no. 158343).
fitted with components.
700 x 550 mm 159409

4 700 x 700 mm 159410
5 700 x 1100 mm 159411

Your individual design
1 3 ER and DIN A4 mounting frames 1/3 Mounting frame

The mounting frames for the work- (1500 mm wide)
stations are designed to hold a large The frame mounted on the profile
number of exercise boards and ER column is height-adjustable and
units from the Learning System for holds up to 12 ER/6 A4 units. One
Automation. This compatibility also mounting frame can be attached to
extends to electrotechnical equip- each side of the mobile workstation.
ment in A4 format. It is thus possible
to obtain a satisfactory solution to 2/4 Mounting frame
almost any specific task. (700 mm wide)
2 4 The small mounting frame permits
the use of ER/A4 components to the
direct left or right of a 700 mm broad
profile plate.
1 ER mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539022

2 ER mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539033
3 A4 mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539021
4 A4 mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539755
5 7 5 Oil spillage/protective mat 7 Table extension

Black, with rubber border. Protects For easy attachment to the profile
the tabletop of the Learnline system column of a mobile workstation. The
and keeps it clean. height of the table can be adjusted to
312 x 1512 mm 541133 between 700 and 815 mm. The table-
top dimensions are W 780 x D 600.
6 Storage plate Order no. 566435
Fits into the mobile frame, in addi-
tion to two drawer units, and offers
installation space for two compres-
6 sors (order no. 91030) for example.
W 748 x D 403 x H 30.
Order no. 539729

Accessories
1 Universal bracket 6/7/8 Protective grounding for 1 6

Permits the mounting of up to two workbenches
hydraulic power units with single The products serve as protective
pump, up to two hydraulic measur- grounding for workbenches as per
ing containers, or holders for stor- the VDE 0100 standard. This is
ing hoses. achieved by connecting accessi-
W 50 x D 275 x H 130. ble, conductive parts to each other
Order no. 539736 by means of equipotential bonding 2
conductors and by connecting all
2 Hose holder this to the PE conductor of the pow- 7
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro- er supply.
vides neat storage and protects hose
couplings from ingress of dirt.
W 366 x D 182 x H 80. 6 Grounding kit
Order no. 539737 A grounding kit is required for con- 3
necting all conductive parts of one to
3 Cable guide two workbenches. The connector for
For a set of laboratory cables. the PE conductor of the power sup-
Ensures that cables are kept neatly ply is included.
and in order. Order no. 8049368
W 150 x D 136 x H 63. 8
Order no. 535812 4
7 Connection kit
4 Monitor bracket, short A connection kit is required for con-
Monitor bracket for TFT and LCD necting a workbench to the PE con-
monitors with drill holes in ac- ductor of the power supply.
cordance with the VESA standard Order no. 8049447
(distance between holes 75 x 75 mm
or 100 x 100 mm).
–– Short swivel arm for minimum 8 T connector for PE conductors
distance to the mounting surface A T connector lets you combine up to 5
(approx. 8 cm) three PE conductors for connection
–– For mounting on Learnline mount- to the power supply.
ing frames or fastening to a wall Order no. 8049442
–– Rotatable up to 180°, tiltable up
to 45°
–– Supplied complete with mounting
material
–– Maximum load capacity 23 kg
Order no. 556292
5 Monitor bracket, long

Monitor bracket for TFT and LCD
monitors with drill holes in ac-
cordance with the VESA standard
(distance between holes 75 x 75 mm
or 100 x 100 mm)
–– Long, telescopic, articulated arm
for a large swivel angle
–– Distance from mounting surface
(approx. 8 – 38 cm)
–– For mounting on Learnline mount-
ing frames or fastening to a wall
–– Rotatable up to 180°, tiltable up
to 45°
–– Supplied complete with mounting
material
–– Maximum load capacity 15 kg
Order no. 556293

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learntop
Learntop
The low-cost desktop mounting system
1 The low-cost introduction to the 1 Learntop-S

world of training packages from The versatile equipment holder for
Festo Didactic: Enjoy the advantag- all technologies.
es of the profile plate and the ER –– Mobile: Can be simply set up on
mounting frame when carrying out an existing work table/bench.
your pneumatic, hydraulic, sensor, –– Versatile: Can be used from both
or PLC training. The devices can be sides.
clearly arranged and ensure an ergo- –– Ergonomic: The angled profile plate
nomic working position at your exist- enables components to be easily
ing work tables and benches. assembled.
–– Dimensions (W x H x D):
Mounting parts and instructions 1110 x 525 x 980 mm
for mounting the profile plates are
included. It is recommended that Accepts up to four profile plates
Learntop be fastened to the table for of size 350 x 1100 mm (order no.
security reasons. 162360) or two profile plates
700 x 1100 mm (order no. 159411).
Accepts up to two profile plates

of size 350 x 1100 mm (order no.
162360) and two slotted mounting
plates for Learntop-S for mounting
2
Quick-Fix clamping components, one
on each side.
Profile plates not included.

Order no. 8062672
2 Mobile worktable for Learntop-S

–– Drawer unit with eight fully extend-
ing drawers. Load up to 20 kg per
drawer
–– Storage space with lockable slid-
ing doors
–– Steel tub table top
–– Dimensions (W x H x D):
1118 x 920 x 778 mm
–– Table top height: 920 mm
Order no. 8062673
1+2

Learntop-S
Accessories
1 Aluminum profile plate 4 Cable guide 1 4

The anodized aluminum profile plate For a set of laboratory cables. En-
forms the basis for all training pack- sures that cables are kept neatly and
ages. All of the components fit se- in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63.
curely and safely into the grooves on Order no. 535812
the profile plate. There are grooves
on each side and, if required, both 5 Hose holder
sides can be fitted with components. For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. 5
The grooves are compatible with the Provides neat storage and protects
ITEM profile system. Grid dimen- hose couplings from ingress of dirt.
sions: 50 mm. W 366 x D 182 x H 80. 2
Order no. 539737
For installation on tables we recom-
mend the appropriate rubber feet 6 Steel tub base for Learntop-S 6
(order no. 158343). Order no. 8062674
Size 350 x 1100 mm supplied with- 7 Mounting kit for hydraulic

out side caps (H x W). cylinder with weight
350 x 1100 mm 162360 To be mounted on Learnline with a
700 x 1100 mm 159411 vertical or horizontal profile plate
(alternatively for mounting on the
Learnline profile column) or Learn- 3 7
2 Perforated work surface top-S with an inclined profile plate.
For Lab-Volt Series Pneumatics/Hy- With this mounting kit, the pulling
draulics Training System, 700 mm x and pushing load of the basic hy-
1100 mm for Learntop-S. (Only com- draulics packages, which comprise
patible with Learntop-S) the cylinder (order no. 152857)
Order no. 8062675 and weight (order no. 152972), can
be achieved. The cover (order no.
152973) must be used for safety rea-
3 Slotted mounting plate sons.
For mounting Quick-Fix clamping
components. Must be used together Learntop-S, inclined profile plate
with an Aluminum profile plate Order no. 526847
350 mm x 1100 mm (order no.
162360) to hold Quick-Fix screw
components as well. (Only com-
patible with Learntop-S order no.
8022672)
Order no. 8062676

Learntop-A/Learntop-L
The low-cost desktop mounting system
The low-cost introduction to the 1 Learntop-A

1
world of training packages from Equipment holder for use on one
Festo Didactic: Enjoy the advantag- side of the workstation. Inclined pro-
es of the profile plate and the ER file plate allows ergonomic arrange-
mounting frame when carrying out ment of components. Not suitable for
your pneumatic, hydraulic, sensor, hydraulic training.
or PLC training. The devices can be
clearly arranged and ensure an ergo- Can hold up to two profile plates of
nomic working position at your exist- size 350 x 1100 mm (order no.
ing work tables and benches. 162360) or one profile plate of size
700 x 1100 mm (order no. 159411).
Mounting parts and instructions
for mounting the profile plates are Profile plates not included.
included. It is recommended that Order no. 540670
Learntop be fastened to the table for
security reasons. 2 Learntop-L
Equipment holder for use on one
side of a workstation; for profile
plates of size 700 x 1100 mm (order
no. 159411). For horizontal profile
plate configurations. Not suitable
for hydraulic training.
2
Profile plates not included.

Order no. 540669

Learntop-A/Learntop-L
Accessories
1 Aluminum profile plate 3 Slotted mounting plate 1 3

The anodized aluminum profile All components with the Quick-Fix
plate forms the basis for all train- mounting system can be mount-
ing packages. All of the compo- ed on slotted mounting plates. The
nents fit securely and safely into the slotted mounting plates are fitted
grooves on the profile plate. There with elastic buffers and can be used
are grooves on each side and, if re- horizontally on a table top. Order
quired, both sides can be fitted with no. 159331 can also be inserted in
components. The grooves are com- conventional A4 mounting frames.
patible with the ITEM profile system. The slotted mounting plates are not 4
Grid dimensions: 50 mm. intended for use with actuators. 2
(overall dimensions B x H)
For installation on tables we recom- 694 x 297 mm 159331
mend the appropriate rubber feet 700 x 550 mm 544246
(order no. 158343).
4 Rubber feet
Size 350 x 1100 mm supplied with- For non-slip, protective mounting
out side caps (H x W). of profile plates on tabletops of any 5
350 x 1100 mm 162360 type. Set (four pieces).
700 x 1100 mm 159411 Order no. 158343
2 Mounting kit for hydraulic 5 Plug-in adapter set

cylinder with weight The plug-in adapter set can be used
To be mounted on Learnline with a to mount the ER units directly on the
vertical or horizontal profile plate blue plug-in board or on the alumin-
(alternatively for mounting on the ium profile plate. One set is required 6
Learnline profile column) or Learn- to mount one unit.
top-S with an inclined profile plate. Order no. 541122
With this mounting kit, the pull-
ing and pushing load of the basic 6 A4 ER mounting frame
hydraulics packages, which com- The ER mounting plate can be in-
prise the cylinder (order no. 152857) stalled in any A4 mounting frame.
and weight (order no. 152972), can A cut-out permits installation of two
be achieved. The cover (order no. large or four small Festo Didactic ER
152973) must be used for safety units (H x W).
reasons (similar to illustration). 297 x 500 mm 536200
Learnline, vertical profile plate

Order no. 533528
Learnline, horizontal profile plate
Order no. 119352

Pneumatic/Hydraulic training packages
40
Overview Pneumatics/Hydraulics training packages........................................42
Pneumatics
System description..........................................................................................46
Pneumatics......................................................................................................48
Electropneumatics...........................................................................................56
Measurement and control................................................................................64
Drives...............................................................................................................66
Vacuum............................................................................................................68
Sensors............................................................................................................70
Safety..............................................................................................................72
BIBB pneumatics.............................................................................................74
BIBB electropneumatics..................................................................................76
Closed-loop pneumatics..................................................................................77
Energy-efficient compressed air management.................................................78
Sensors/PLC....................................................................................................80
Hydraulics
System description..........................................................................................82
Hydraulics........................................................................................................84
Electrohydraulics.............................................................................................92
Measurement and control..............................................................................100
Proportional hydraulics..................................................................................102
Closed-loop hydraulics...................................................................................106
BIBB hydraulics.............................................................................................108
Mobile hydraulics...........................................................................................109
41
Pneumatic/Hydraulic training packages > Overview
Pneumatic training packages

Overview and structure
TP 250 Basic/ Advanced/

Safety in precondition supplement
pneumatic systems
Basic-level training packages Advanced-level training packages
provide a foundation that will intro- allow participants to develop more
TP 240 duce participants to the topic. The in-depth knowledge in a number of
Sensors in components and training content specialist areas, depending entirely
pneumatics of the basic-level packages must be on their own needs.
completed before the participants
can move to the advanced level. Supplementary equipment sets are
TP 230 an efficient way to add additional
Vacuum basic levels to any basic-level train-
technology ing package.
TP 220
Drives in
pneumatics
TP 210
Measurement
and Control
TP 102 TP 202
Advanced level Advanced level
TP 101 TP 201 TP 111 TP 1311

Pneumatics Electropneumatics Closed-loop pneumatics Sensors for
Basic level Basic level Basic level object detection
TP 101 America TP 201 America

Basic level Basic level
TP 101+ TP 301
Troubleshooting PLC‘s
Virtual control
using FluidSIM®/
EasyPort USB
Control
using LOGO! /
Soft Comfort

Pneumatics/Hydraulics training packages > Overview
Hydraulic training packages

Overview and structure
Basic/ Advanced/
precondition supplement
Basic-level training packages Advanced-level training packages

provide a foundation that will intro- allow participants to develop more
duce participants to the topic. The in-depth knowledge in a number of
components and training content specialist areas, depending entirely
of the basic-level packages must be on their own needs.
completed before the participants
can move to the advanced level. Supplementary equipment sets are
an efficient way to add additional
basic levels to any basic-level train-
ing package.
TP 610 TP 511 TP 803

Measurement Closed-loop hydraulics Mobile hydraulics – Working
and Control Basic level hydraulics II (Load-sensing)
TP 502 TP 602 TP 702 TP 802

Hydraulics Electrohydraulics Advanced proportional Mobile hydraulics
Advanced level Advanced level hydraulics training Hydrostatic steering system
TP 501 TP 601 TP 701 TP 801

Hydraulics Electrohydraulics Basic proportional Mobile hydraulics
Basic level Basic level hydraulics training Working hydraulics I
TP 501 America TP 601 America TP 810

Hydraulics Electrohydraulics Pneumatics/Hydraulics
Basic level Basic level Measurement
TP 501+ Virtual control

Hydraulics using FluidSIM®/
Troubleshooting EasyPort USB
Control
using LOGO! /
Soft Comfort
Pneumatic/Hydraulic training packages > Overview
Transition from LabVolt ...

Pneumatic and Hydraulic training packages
Hydraulics Pneumatics
Training System Training System
Sensors
Sensors
6085
Advanced
Servo Control of Servo Control of
Hydraulic System 6080-4 Pneumatic System 6081-4
Add-On to Electrical Control Add-On to Electrical Control
Basic
PLC
6082
Electrical Control Electrical Control

6080-2 6081-2
Add-On to Fundamentals Add-On to Fundamentals
Troubleshooting Fundamentals Fundamentals Troubleshooting

Hydraulic Circuits 6080-1 6081-1 Pneumatics Circuits
6080-F 6081-F
Add-On to Fundamentals Basic System Basic System Add-On to Fundamentals

Pneumatics/Hydraulics training packages > Overview
... to Festo Didactic Series
Hydraulics Pneumatics
Training Packages Training Packages
Sensors for object detection

TP 1311
Closed-loop Hydraulics Closed-loop Pneumatics

TP 511 TP 111
Control Kit FluidSIM® Control Kit LOGO!

EasyPort USB Soft Comfort
Electrohydraulics Electropneumatics
TP 601 America TP 201 America
Troubleshooting Basic Hydraulics Basic Pneumatics Troubleshooting

TP 501+ TP 501 America TP 101 America TP 101+
Pneumatic training packages > System description
Pneumatic training packages

Innovative and practical, right down to the smallest details
Modular for flexible expansion
Festo Didactic’s training packages

are modular in structure. For exam-
ple, you could start with the basic
level of electropneumatics and then
move onto the advanced level, or
start with the subject of electrohy-
draulics – the choice is yours. You’d
like to explore a particular special-
ized topic? All equipment set compo-
nents can also be ordered separate-
ly, so you can turn your own ideas
into reality. Position it – clamp it – done! Everything where you want it – Connect it – power!
With the Quick-Fix mounting system, systematic storage No compromise on safety: all elec-
you can mount all components eas- Most equipment sets are delivered trical components and units are con-
ily and securely on the profile plate in practical, Systainer-compatible nected with 4 mm safety sockets or
and the profile column of a Learn- equipment trays. This equipment safety plugs. The pneumatic power is
line workstation. The electrical units tray fits in the drawers of the work- supplied by the connection of high-
are clamped into the ER frame and stations. The large pictogram on the ly flexible plastic tubing to the Quick
sequenced individually. The profile components, designed in accordance Star (QS) push-in fitting. The system
slots on the workstations are the with the latest standards, provides therefore requires virtually no con-
same for all pneumatic, hydraulic clear instructions for connecting sumables or tools.
and electrical units – a single invest- the components and ensures short
ment, with double the functionality. preparation and follow-up times.
When dismantling circuits, you can
quickly and easily locate where the
component goes in the equipment
tray.

Pneumatic training packages > System description
Didactic plus
The workbooks accompanying the

training packages contain proj-
ect-oriented exercises of increas-
ing complexity. There are also po-
sitional sketches, illustrations,
videos, animations, and cross-sec-
tional drawings, which explain how
things look in the real world. For a
complete and expert treatment of
the topic of pneumatics, the train-
ing also covers basic physics, tech-
nical calculations, safety, economic
efficiency, analytical fault-finding,
and professional documentation.
Practical basic and specialized

training using industrial compo-
nents provides the confidence to
apply the acquired knowledge in
the workplace. The components
are specially selected for the exer-
cises in the workbook. Note: near-
ly all pneumatic and electrical con-
nections are located on the easily
accessible upper side of the com-
ponents.
Your choice of training environment Advanced courses made easy TP 230 Vacuum technology TP 250 Safety in pneumatic systems
User-friendly training environments New developments and trends in flu- Manipulating workpieces with suc- Function, efficiency, and above all
for specific topic areas: id engineering can be incorporated tion grippers has become an indis- safety determine the success of plant
–– Self-study phases with the training directly into our learning systems. pensable part of handling technolo- machinery and automated systems.
programs New control systems can be integrat- gy. It offers advantages, such as the New directives and laws require in-
–– Designing and documentation with ed into the learning system using the simple configuration of suction grip- telligent solutions and raise the lev-
FluidSIM® EduTrainer® concept. Basic packag- pers and gentle handling of work- el of professional skills required. The
–– Hands-on experimentation with the es can be easily expanded to include pieces, while also enabling rapid systematic optimization of a simple
training packages and the exercis- the subjects “Pneumatics measure- cycle times, and the capital outlay pneumatic system helps to identify
es in the workbooks ment and control TP 210” or the new required is comparatively low. The hazards in pneumatic processes. The
–– Functional testing and optimization “Vacuum technology TP 230.” training package TP 230 expands the appropriate actions to reduce the
with measurement technology and contents of TP 201 to include the key risk can be implemented in a profes-
FluidLab® area of vacuum technology. sional manner.
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Pneumatics
Equipment set TP 101 – Basic level

Basic pneumatics training
Pneumatics, Basic level – Training aims Performance through The next generation of valves
The fully revised classic –– Structure, function, and application close proximity The new generation of valves a llows
of single-acting and double-acting For optimum performance, switch- the operation of various pressure
Further enhanced and updated ac- cylinders es and valves should be mounted zones – so nothing stands in the way
cording to the lessons learned from –– Calculating basic parameters as close to the actuator as possible. of an efficient use of energy. In ad-
over 1,000 seminars on pneumatics. –– Direct and indirect actuation With the addition of new compo- dition, the position of connection
–– Application and function of 3/2 nents, you can now apply the same was optimized so that differences
–– Brand-new components enable and 5/2-way valves principle when designing your cir- between the circuit symbol and the
you to teach tomorrow’s industrial –– Methods of actuation of directional cuits. This approach also provides valve can be avoided.
standard today. control valves you with an easy way of demonstrat-
–– The workbook contains a series of –– Analyzing circuits ing the performance of a one-way Pneumatic timer
progressively complex project ex- –– Options for pressure measurement flow control valve. You can even re- The easy-to-read pneumatic timer
ercises based on actual industrial –– Pressure-dependent control cord the measured values and ana- can be precisely adjusted. Pressure
applications, an enhanced section systems lyze the results, for example, using changes do not alter the set d elay
on fundamentals, and a multime- –– Distinguishing flow control meth- the TP 210! time. Pneumatics at its best.
dia CD-ROM. ods and applying them appropri-
ately
The number of components and the –– Explaining and building latching
design are specially tailored to the circuits
projects contained in the workbook –– Logic operations: explaining
so that the main fundamentals can and implementing AND/OR/NOT
be imparted with little outlay. Deliv- operations
ered in practical, Systainer-compati- –– Combining logic operations
ble equipment trays. –– Function and application of
limit switches
–– Time delay valves
–– Realizing oscillating movement
–– Economic considerations of using
pneumatic components

Complete equipment set TP 101 in equipment tray 540710 1 2 3
The most important components at a glance :

1 2x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally closed 152860
2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 1x 5/2-way valve with selector switch 152862
4 1x 3/2-way valve with selector switch, normally closed 152863
5 2x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866 4 5 6
6 2x Proximity sensor, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 2764815
7 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
8 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
9 1x 3/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated at one end 576302
11 3x 5/2-way double pilot valve, pneumatically actuated at both ends 576303
12 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771 7 8 9
13 2x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
14 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
15 2x One-way flow control valve 193967
16 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887
17 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888
18 1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691
19 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756 10 11 12
20 2x Pressure gauge 152865
21 1x Manifold 152896
22 2x Plastic tubing, 4 x 0.75 silver 10 m 151496
Accessories, also order:

Aluminum profile plate ➔ Page 39
Compressor ➔ Page 134
13 14 15
Also order: The workbook includes:

–– Sample solutions
Workbook –– Training notes
–– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
Pneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Basic level 16 17 18
animations, and FluidSIM® circuit
Workbook
TP 101
diagrams
–– Exercise sheets for trainees
With CD-ROM
Campus license (➔ Page 19):

-MM1
de 540671
-BG1
-PG1 -PG2
-RZ1 1 1 -RZ2
en 541088
2 2
-QM1 4 2
14 12
19 20 21
5 1 3
-KH1 2
1 1
es 542503
1 3
-SJ1 2 -BG1 2 -SJ2 2
1 3 1 3 1 3
2
fr 542507
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
541088 en
–– Design and simulation using

Nineteen project-orientated exercis- FluidSIM®
es, increasing in complexity and suit- –– WBT Pneumatics
22
able for equipment set TP 101, are –– Textbook: Basic principles of
the ideal introduction to pneumatics. pneumatics and electropneumatics
Real problem descriptions with posi- –– Cutaway model case
tional sketch, concrete project tasks,
and detailed aids for professional
implementation provide the ideal
preparation for the real-life industrial
environment.
Equipment set TP 101+ – Advanced level

Systematic troubleshooting
Realistic Professional Cylinder with worn piston seal Clogged filters

Equipment set TP 101+ from Festo Systematic troubleshooting and One example of a defective compo- Another example is a clogged filter in
Didactic is an extension to equip- professional error elimination are nent is a double-acting cylinder with the on-off valve with pressure regula-
ment set TP 101. TP 101+ contains an essential part of everyday oper- a worn piston seal. This defect may tor (service unit). Filters are used to
components with specified, realis- ations in many jobs in the fields of be due to damage to the piston rod protect upstream components from
tic defects. It enables pneumatic cir- mechanics, mechatronics, and elec- or dirt entering the system. The de- contamination. If a large amount of
cuits to be constructed with the TP trical engineering. In order to acquire fect leads to the cylinder leaking via contamination enters the system via
101 and individual components to skills in this area via a structured, yet the piston. Conspicuous symptoms the compressor’s intake tract, these
be replaced by defective ones. Using safe, procedure, it is important that result in compressed air losses and filters can become clogged. This ap-
our experience in industrial environ- systematic troubleshooting is both a lower cylinder force. Pressure sen- plies in particular to micro filters. The
ments, we were able to define typical learned and practiced. sors or force sensors may not switch, defect results in increased flow resis-
error patterns for pneumatic systems Keys to this are: which can lead to interruptions in op- tance, and consequently, restricted
and adapt them to the components –– Understanding circuits and eration cycles or process safety be- flow, which in turn has a throttling
contained in equipment set TP 101+. discerning any non-conformities ing put at risk. effect. The inspection and replace-
–– Delimiting/precluding fault areas ment of such filters is a routine main-
–– Locating and rectifying faults tenance task in industry.
This procedure assumes specialist

knowledge, such as modes of oper-
ation of individual components and
their system limits.

Complete equipment set TP 101+ in equipment tray 8060284 1 2 3

1 1x Double-acting cylinder, defective 5042759
2 1x Pressure gauge, defective 4977328
3 1x Filter sleeves for on-off valve with filter regulator, clogged 8064260
4 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally closed, defective 4978036
5 1x 5/2-way bistable valve, defective 4977795 4 5 6
6 1x 5/3-way valve, mid-position pressurized 576305
7 1x Flow control valve 193972
8 1x Silencer M5, clogged 4977506

Compressor ➔ Page 134 7 8
Requirements Study materials

Building on Basic Level Pneumat- A description is included for each
ics, the Advanced Level contains defective component describing
eight components appropriate for both its function and the fault. A flow
equipment set TP 101. The possible chart, which guides learners sys-
troubleshooting tasks are aimed at tematically from observation of the
all jobs involving maintenance and symptom to the repair task, is also
repair activities. Special measuring included.
equipment is not required since all
symptoms are observable. However, Supplementary media
error patterns can also be quantified –– Design and simulation using
using measuring equipment such as FluidSIM®
a flowmeter. –– WBT: Pneumatics From vocational educational ... ... to industrial reality
–– Textbook: Basic principles of
pneumatics and electropneumatics
–– Cutaway model case
Equipment set TP 102 – Advanced level

Advanced pneumatics training
Develop the training aims Training aims Performance through Lever valves
from TP 101 and consolidate –– Binary reducing stages close proximity All of the lever valves contained
your knowledge. –– End positions without limit switches For optimum performance, switch- in the training packages 101 and
–– Latching circuits es and valves should be mounted 102 are equipped with a pilot con-
Fully revised: The new workbook –– Converting 5/2-way valves as close to the actuator as possible. trol, which means they require a
contains a series of progressively –– Function of a back pressure end With new components that can be low a ctuating force and deliver high
complex project exercises based on stop plugged in directly, you can now ap- reliability.
actual industrial applications and an –– Basic stepper control ply the same principle when design-
enhanced section on fundamentals. (continuous cycle) ing your circuits. This approach al-
It also includes a multimedia CD- –– Stepper control with operating so provides you with an easy way of
ROM. The foundation for competent modes or idle step demonstrating the features of a one-
training. Place your order now! –– Setting and coordinating time way flow control valve. You can even
delays record the measured values and an-
The number of components and the –– Variable step repetition using a alyze the results, for example, using
design are specially tailored to the predetermining counter the new TP 210!
projects contained in the workbook –– Input circuit with self-latching loop
so that the main training aims can be and auxiliary functions
achieved with little outlay. Delivered –– Evaluating and using sensors for
in practical, Systainer-compatible material sensing
equipment trays. –– Realizing stepper control with
protected pilot air and auxiliary
Components from the equipment set functions
TP 101 are required to carry out the –– Proximity sensors in the end
projects. positions and in the partial stroke
range
–– Combined use of quick exhaust
valves and pressure regulators
–– Inversion of a timer signal
–– Varying end-position cushioning
–– Using and adjusting different sen-
sor types


2 1x 3/2-way valve with mushroom-head emergency switch, normally open 152864
3 1x 3/2-way roller lever valve with idle return, normally closed 152867
4 1x Back pressure valve 152868
5 4x 3/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated at one end 576302 4 5 6
8 4x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
10 1x Pneumatic timer, normally open 539759
11 1x Pneumatic preset counter 152877
12 1x Stepper module 152886 7 8 9
14 2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715

Compressor ➔ Page 134 10 11 12
13 14 15

Pneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 102
diagrams
With CD-ROM
1V2
1B1
1
1A1
1 1V3 2V2
2B1
1
2A1
1 2V3
de 540672
14
1V1 4
5
2
1
2
3
2
12 14
2V1 4
5
2
1
2
3
2
12 en 541089
es 542504
0V2 4 2 0Z1 2
14 12 12 10
5 3 1
1
1B1 2 2B1 2
1 3 1 3
542508
0V1
fr
2
10
1 3
2
0S1 4 2
5 3
1
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
541089 EN

As a continuation of the basic level FluidSIM®
for pneumatics, the advanced level –– WBT Pneumatics
includes ten additional, challenging –– Textbook: Basic principles of
tasks which are suitable for the TP pneumatics and electropneumatics
102 equipment set. The documents –– Cutaway model case
are targeted at experienced pneu-
matics technicians. New features
of this revised and updated edition
include revised exercise sheets for
practical use during instruction.
Pneumatics – Basic level – TP 101 America

Equipment set
The Lab-Volt Pneumatics Education concept for future Safe and sound system Training aims – TP 101 America
Fundamentals successor professionals The design of the system compo- Introduction to Pneumatics
The course curriculum accompanying nents ensures a high level of inher- –– Familiarization with the
The Lab-Volt Fluid Power System has the learning system is designed to ent safety. Training System
been re-engineered and transferred follow industry standards. –– Introduction to Pneumatics
to Festo Didactic’s Training Packages The On-Off Valve with Filter Regu- –– Air Conditioning and Distributing
series. First, at the beginning of each exer- lator can be locked with a padlock Equipment
cise, meaningful objectives are clear- to avoid unauthorized access to the
TP 101 America now combines the ly stated. Then, the theory to attain compressed air supply. Basic Physical Concepts
proven learning approach through these objectives is laid out exten- –– Pressure vs. Force Relationship
object-oriented courseware from sively, with an emphasis on compo- The Spring Load for Cylinders comes –– Pressure vs. Volume Relationship
Lab-Volt with the project-orientation nent description. Next comes the with a safety cover to prevent po- –– Pressure Drop vs. Flow Relation-
from Festo Didactic. laboratory procedure itself. In this tential hazards when high forces are ship
section, students follow precise and involved. –– Vacuum Generation
TP 101 America is the basic level safe working instructions designed
for education in pneumatics and to teach them the practical principles The Air Motor is protected by a safety Basic Controls of Cylinders
a prerequisite for TP 201 America, related to the stated objectives. cover that does not compromise –– Directional Control Valves
Electropneumatics Basic Level. speed measurement capabilities. –– Direction and Speed Control of
Throughout the laboratory proce- Work instructions and safety Cylinders
TP 101 and TP 201 America support dure, questions and remarks ensure precautions are provided to s tudents –– Indirect Control Using Pilot-Oper-
vocational training institutes in their that students analyze and compre- as required when working with pneu- ated Valves
mission to educate skilled, resource- hend the results they obtain. Final- matic, electrical, and mechanical
ful technicians and engineers, as ly, review questions ascertain the setups. Basic Controls of Pneumatic Motor
required by the local industry. degree of comprehension of stu- –– Pneumatic Motor Circuits
dents relative to the topics discussed –– Pneumatic Motor Performance
in the exercise.

Complete equipment set TP 101 America in equipment tray 8060282 1 2 3

1 1x Lockable on-off valve with f ilter regulator 4795290
4 2x 3/2-Way-Panel mounted with pushbutton actuator, normally closed 152860
5 1x 3/2-Way- Panel mounted Valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861 4 5 6
8 1x Double-acting cylinder, smooth running 4809915
10 1x Air pressure reservoir, 0.4 l 152912
11 1x Vacuum generator, type H 573258
12 1x Vacuum gauge 573042 7 8 9
13 1x Suction gripper 20 SN 573043
14 2x Plastic tubing 151496
16 1x Contact tachometer 8062148
17 1x Spring load for cylinders, pneumatic 4646789
18 1x Compressed air motor 4645172
19 1x Air Bearing 4809899 10 11 12
20 1x Flow indicator with float, pneumatic 4741762
21 1x Pneumatic resistance, long 4646991
22 1x Pneumatic resistance, short 4809992
23 1x Plastic tubing 152963

Workstations ➔ Page 39
13 14 15
Compressor and accessories ➔ Page 134
Also order: Detailed procedure descriptions

with pneumatic diagrams, thorough
Courseware TP 101 America analysis, troubleshooting exercises,
and comprehensive theory coverage
Pneumatics provide the ideal preparation for the 16 17 18
Basic Level
real-life industrial environment.
Instructor Guide
TP 101 America

en 792258
Germany
Festo Didactic SE
Rechbergstr. 3
73770 Denkendorf
Tel.: +49 711 3467-0
Fax: +49 711 347-54-88500
did@festo.com
United States
Festo Didactic Inc.
Instructor Guide

Eatontown, NJ 07724
Tel.: +1 732 938-2000
Toll Free: +1-800-522-8658
Fax: +1 732 774-8573
services.didactic@festo.com 19 20 21
Canada
675, rue du Carbone
Québec (Québec) G2N 2K7
Pneumatics Basic Level
Tel.: +1 418 849-1000

Toll Free: +1-800-522-8658
Fax: +1 418 849-1666
Festo Didactic
en
www.festo-didactic.com 52728-10
The Campus License consists of

an Instructor Guide and a Student 22 23
Manual.
In the courseware, exercises progres-

sively increase in complexity, pro-
viding an ideal introduction to pneu-
matics.
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Electropneumatics

Basic electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Basic level. Logic programming? That’s logical. –– Economic considerations of using Also order:
The most important basic principles The basic principles are established pneumatic components
in one compact book. with relay control systems and the –– Troubleshooting simple electro- Workbook
new supplementary equipment sets pneumatic circuits
Top solenoid valves for training “Controllers for fluid engineering” Electropneumatics
Basic level
Easy connection of the solenoid coils are used according to individual The workbook contains a series of
via 4 mm safety sockets with LED requirements. progressively complex project exer- Workbook
TP 201
indicator for actuation. The manual cises based on actual industrial ap-
override latches and allows very easy Training aims plications, an enhanced section on
With CD-ROM
+24 V 1 2
error simulation. The port pattern is –– Structure, function, and application fundamentals, and a multimedia CD-
13 12 14
-SF1 -KF1
14 11
as per the current symbols to DIN of single-acting and double-acting ROM. The foundation for competent
A1
-KF1 -MB1
A2
0V 12
11 14 .2
22
21 24
32
31 34
42
ISO 1219. The newest valve tech- cylinders training. Place your order now!
41 44
-MM1
-RZ1 1 1 -RZ2
nology is compact, sturdy, and inex- –– Calculating basic parameters -MB1

14 -QM1 4
5
2
1
2
3
2
pensive with the Didactic-Plus, and –– Direct and indirect actuation The number and the design of com-
of course comes with the reliable –– Application and function of 3/2 ponents are specially tailored to the
Festo Didactic
Quick-Fix mounting system. and 5/2-way solenoid valves projects contained in the workbook
541090 en
–– Analyzing circuits so that the main training aims can be

Electronic proximity sensors – –– Options for pressure measurement achieved with little outlay. Delivered Campus license (➔ Page 19):
compatible and reliable –– Pressure-dependent control in practical, Systainer-compatible de 540673
These proximity sensors are based systems equipment trays. en 541090
on the same slot mounting system –– Latching circuits es 542505
as the pneumatic proximity sensors –– Logic operations: AND/OR/NOT fr 542509
in TP 101. We opted for short cir- –– Combining logic operations
cuit-proof, electronic proximity sen- –– Function and application of limit Supplementary media
sors due to their long service life in switches –– FluidSIM® Pneumatics
training applications. –– Time-delay valves –– WBT Electropneumatics
–– End-position monitoring using –– Textbook: Basic principles of
electronic proximity sensors pneumatics and electropneumatics
–– Realizing oscillating movement –– Transparency set,
Electropneumatics

The most important components at a glance:

1 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
2 2x Relay, three-fold 162241
3 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
4 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345
5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744 4 5 6
6 2x Proximity sensor, electronic, with cylinder mounting 2344752
7 1x 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed 567198
8 1x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 567199
9 2x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 567200
10 1x Pressure sensor with display 572745
12 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887 7 8 9

Aluminum profile plate ➔ Page 39 10 11 12
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ www.festo-didactic.com
Power supply unit for mounting frame ➔ Page 155
4 mm Safety laboratory cables ➔ Page 155
13 14 15
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Pneumatics, Basic level

TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201
Supplements the Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 equipment set to form a

complete Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201 equipment set.
16
Recommended training media and accessories: See TP 201
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 101 – TP 201 in equipment tray 540717

5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744
Equipment set TP 301

Programmable logic controllers
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 301 167101

2 1x Indicator unit and distributor, electrical 162244
3 1x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643
4 1x Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 548651
4 5 6 5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744
7 8 9 12 1x Manifold 152896
Recommended accessories:
Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
10 11 12 Power supply unit for mounting frame ➔ Page 155
EduTrainer ➔ www.festo-didactic.com
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301
13
Supplements the Electropneumatics basic level equipment set, TP 201, to form
a complete Programmable Logic Controllers equipment set, TP 301.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 201 – TP 301 167102

Training aims A PLC (Festo FC34, SIMATIC S7-300

–– Benefits of the PLC compared to or Allen Bradley) is required to carry
conventional solutions such as out the tasks. Connection with uni-
electrical, electropneumatic, or versal connection unit and I/O data
electrohydraulic solutions cable (SysLink) or with 4 mm safety
–– Functions of system components connectors. I/O modules can be con-
of a PLC nected via 4 mm safety connectors.
–– Commissioning a PLC
–– Application criteria for mechanical, Also order:
optical, capacitive, and inductive
proximity sensors Workbook Programmable Logic
–– Sequence control and parallel logic Controllers, Basic level
–– Systematic programming of a PLC Campus license (➔ Page 19):
in accordance with international de 93313
standard IEC 1131-3 en 93314
–– IEC 1131-3 programming lan- es 94427
guages: Function Block Diagram,
Ladder Diagram, Statement List, Recommended training media
For additional controllers suit- Structured Text, and Sequence Lan- Textbook: Programmable Logic
able for your requirements see: guage Controllers, Basic level
Keyword “EduTrainer Compact”

Supplementary equipment sets

Controllers for electropneumatics
Supplementary equipment set The Controlling using FluidSIM® 1 2 3

Controlling using FluidSIM®/ package contains everything you
EasyPort USB need to control training packages
TP 201 and TP 601. FluidSIM® Pneu-
With this package, the FluidSIM® matics is required for TP 201 and
software can be used to control FluidSIM® Hydraulics for TP 601. A
training packages. FluidSIM® con- set of brief instructions provides
trols via EasyPort USB and process- information on the individual steps. 4 5
es the inputs and outputs connect-
ed to the universal connection unit The sample solutions are included on
according to their programming, e.g., a data storage medium as F luidSIM®
using the digital module contained in CT programs.
FluidSIM®.
Prerequisite:
Complete supplementary equipment set Controlling using Equipment set TP 201 – Basic level ➔ Pages 56 – 57
FluidSIM/EasyPort USB in equipment tray 556270 FluidSIM Pneumatics ➔ Pages 12 – 13
The most important components at a glance: Necessary accessories, also order:

1 1x Brief instructions FluidSIM de/en/es/fr 556267 Aluminum profile plate ➔ Page 39
2 1x EasyPort USB 548687 Compressor ➔ Page 124
3 1x Quick-Fix screw adapter 549806 Tabletop power supply unit ➔ www.festo-didactic.com
4 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231 Power supply unit for mounting frame ➔ Page 155
5 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 4 mm Safety laboratory cables ➔ Page 155
Supplementary equipment set The LOGO! 8 TP EduTrainer® Compact 6 7 8

Controlling using LOGO! 8 TP training package contains everything
EduTrainer® Compact TP/LOGO! Soft you need to control training packag-
Comfort es TP 201 and TP 601. A set of brief
instructions provides information on
A quick, straightforward, and inex- the individual steps. Programming is
pensive introduction to logical signal carried out using the LOGO! program-
processing. ming software, Soft Comfort. 9
With its extensive basic and special The sample solutions are included
control technology functions, LOGO! on a data storage medium as LOGO!
replaces a variety of conventional Soft Comfort programs.
switchgears and control devices.
Prerequisite:
Complete supplementary equipment set with LOGO! 8 TP EduTrainer Compact Equipment set TP 201 – Basic level ➔ Pages 56 – 57
TP/LOGO! Soft Comfort included in order 8049517
Necessary accessories, also order:
The most important components at a glance : Aluminum profile plate ➔ Page 39
6 1x Brief instructions for LOGO!, de/en/es/fr 8049519 Compressor ➔ Page 134
7 1x LOGO! 8 TP EduTrainer Compact TP 8040886 Tabletop power supply unit ➔ www.festo-didactic.com
8 1x LOGO! Soft Comfort, de/en/es/fr 8040050 Power supply unit for mounting frame ➔ Page 155
9 1x Ethernet cable 567280 4 mm Safety laboratory cables ➔ Page 155
For additional controllers suit-

able for your requirements see:
Keyword “EduTrainer Compact”

Advanced electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Advanced level. Training aims Fundamentals of modern Electrical emergency stop
The next step! –– Describing the structure and pneumatics – valve terminals pushbutton
application of valve terminals This training course helps you to lay Safety engineering is an important
This training package supplements –– Realizing sequence controls with the foundation for using valve ter- topic, but one that is often n eglected
the training aims of TP 201. signal overlap – solution accord- minals. Designed for a wide range in training. The new TP 202 takes
ing to the group method, sequence of industries, requirements and ap- an in-depth look at the emergency
The new workbook contains a series chain with spring-return valves, plications, valve terminals are stur- stop function and also describes the
of progressively complex project and sequence chain with bistable dy and durable – an investment in emergency stop function under spe-
exercises based on actual industrial valves the future. The MPA valve terminal cial conditions. After all, you don’t
applications, an enhanced section on –– Describing and setting operating used consists of 2x 5/2-way solenoid want to end up with a pressure-less
fundamentals, and a multimedia CD- modes valves and 2x 5/2-way double sole- and voltage-less system after press-
ROM. The foundation for competent –– Describing the function and appli- noid valves. ing the emergency stop button!
training. Place your order now! cation of a predetermining counter
–– Explaining and realizing an
The number and the design of com- emergency stop function using
ponents are specially tailored to the spring-return valves
projects contained in the workbook –– Emergency stop conditions
so that the main training aims can be –– Explaining the function and
achieved with little outlay. Delivered application of a 5/3-way solenoid
in practical, Systainer-compatible valve
equipment trays. –– Describing and setting the
operating mode ‘Set’
Components from the equipment set –– Troubleshooting in complex
TP 201 are required to carry out the electropneumatic circuits
projects.


3 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243
4 1x Preset counter, electronic 1677856
5 1x Emergency stop pushbutton, electrical 183347 4 5 6
8 1x Valve terminal with 4 valve slices (MMJJ) 540696


Electropneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 202
diagrams
With CD-ROM

...
+24 V
12
K1
8
14
11
12
K6
9
14
11
12
K2
10
14
11
12
K7
11
14
11
12
K4
12
14
11
12
K8
13
14
11
12
K3
14
14
11
12
K9
15
14
11
22
K1
16
24
21
22
K10
17
24
21
...
de 540674
en 541091
12 14
K5
11
12 14 22 24 22 24 22 24 22 24
K10 K6 K7 K8 K9
11 21 21 21 21
542506
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
es
K6 K7 K8 K9 K10
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
... ...
0V 12 12 12 12 12
11 14 .9 11 14 .11 11 14 .13 11 14 .15 11 14 .8
22 22 22 22 22
21 24 .10 21 24 .12 21 24 .14 21 24 .16 21 24 .17
32 32 32 32 32
31 34 .18 31 34 .18 31 34 .19 31 34 .20 31 34 .21
42 42 42 42 42
41 44 41 44 .19 41 44 .20 41 44 .21 41 44
1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1- 1A1-
fr 542510
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
541091 EN

As a continuation of the basic level FluidSIM®
for electropneumatics, the advanced –– WBT Electropneumatics
level includes twelve additional, –– DVD Electropneumatics/
challenging tasks which are suit- Electrohydraulics
able for the TP 202 equipment set.
The documents are targeted at
experienced pneumatics technicians.
New features of this revised and up-
dated edition include revised exer-
cise sheets for practical use during
instruction.
Electropneumatics – Basic level – TP 201 America

Supplementary equipment set TP 101 A – TP 201 A
The Lab-Volt Pneumatics Training aims TP 201 America Workstation Next step:
Electrical Control successor Introduction to Electropneumatics As a prerequisite for the setup of any our additions – your choice
–– Familiarization with the Equipment fluid power training system, a work- A variety of possibilities can be
The Lab-Volt Fluid Power System has –– Electrical Concepts station is required. A wide range added according to your educational
been re-engineered and transferred –– Basic Electricity of workstations is available, from needs.
to Festo Didactic’s Training Packages –– Ladder Diagrams and Logic simple desktop arrangements to
series. Operators complete workplaces supporting Supplementary equipment sets:
–– Basic Electropneumatic Circuits customization possibilities. TP 210 – Measurement and control
TP 201 America is an extension to Sequence Systems TP 220 – Different drive types in
TP 101 America and a comprehensive –– Basic Memory and Priority Energy supply pneumatics
introduction to electropneumatics. –– Multi-Pressure Systems A variety of compressors and DC TP 230 – Vacuum system
–– Sequencing Pneumatic Circuits power supplies are available. technology
Equipment set TP 101 America is a –– Time-Delay Electropneumatic TP 240 – Sensors in pneumatics
prerequisite to use TP 201 America. Applications Software for circuit design and TP 250 – Safety in pneumatic
Industrial Applications simulation systems
The electrical symbols in the course- –– Deceleration of Actuators Designing and planning can be pure
ware and on the modules are drawn –– Counting of Actuator Cycles fun with FluidSIM®. Stand-alone basic level:
according to NEMA standards. The –– Industrial Drilling System and TP 111 – Basic closed-loop in
design and simulation software Safety Circuits Service and seminars pneumatics
FluidSIM provides all required NEMA –– Garbage Compactor Circuit Our offering supports educational TP 1311 – Sensors for object
symbols in easy-to-access compo- Troubleshooting facilities to develop and speed up detection
nent libraries. In addition, all circuits –– Troubleshooting Electrical Control learning success.
in the courseware procedures are Circuits The electrical symbols in these
available in FluidSIM for reference. –– Troubleshooting Electropneumatic Equipment set + Courseware = supplements are drawn according
System Training Package to IEC standards. A NEMA/IEC
The courseware exercises are tailor- conversion table is provided in the
made for the corresponding courseware of TP 201 America to
equipment set. support the implementation.

Complete supplementary equipment set TP 101 A – TP 201 A in equipment tray 8060283 1 2 3

5 1x Pressure sensor with display 8062966 4 5 6
12 1x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 567200 7 8 9
13 1x 5/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201
14 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
15 1x Pressure regulator valve with pressure gauge 539756
10 11 12
Workstation ➔ Page 39
Compressor and compressor accessories ➔ Page 124
Power supply unit for mounting frame (NEMA 5-15 plug) 162411
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue, and black 571806
13 14 15
Also order: Detailed procedure descriptions with

pneumatic and electrical diagrams,
Courseware TP 201 America thorough analysis, troubleshooting
exercises, and comprehensive theo-
Electropneumatics ry coverage provide the ideal prepa- 16 17 18
Basic Level
ration for the real-life industrial en-
Instructor Guide
TP 201 America vironment.

Germany
en 595180
Festo Didactic SE
Rechbergstr. 3
73770 Denkendorf
Tel.: +49 711 3467-0
Fax: +49 711 347-54-88500
did@festo.com
Instructor Guide
United States
Festo Didactic Inc.
Eatontown, NJ 07724
Tel.: +1 732 938-2000
Toll Free: +1-800-522-8658
Fax: +1 732 774-8573
Canada
Electropneumatics Basic Level
675, rue du Carbone

Tel.: +1 418 849-1000
Toll Free: +1-800-522-8658
Fax: +1 418 849-1666
Festo Didactic
en
The Campus License consists of an

Instructor Guide and a Student
Manual.

sively increase in complexity, provid-
ing an ideal introduction to electro-
pneumatics.
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

Measurement and control in pneumatics with FluidLab®-P
Fit for tomorrow? Something extra special Course topics The benefits to you
In order to the complete the exercis- –– Basic principles of analog data –– Fast, PC-supported recording
The TP 210 equipment builds on the es, sensors (e.g., pressure, flow and processing of measured values
training content of the TP 101 and TP proximity sensors) are connected to –– Application and adaptation –– Greater training success through
201 equipment sets on the topic of the inputs and control signals are of sensors measurement of components and
pneumatic measurement and con- guided to the EasyPort USB outputs. –– Interpretation of measurement interpretation of results
trol. The training content ranges from The signals are interpreted and visu- results –– Sensors that enable students
the simple measurement of individ- alized on computer by the FluidLab®-P –– Reading and understanding of “to look into” the circuit and
ual, pneumatic components, basic software included in the scope of technical data and measurement components
principles of status monitoring (con- delivery. Analog values are displayed curves –– Suppositions regarding system
dition monitoring) to (closed-loop) as measurement curves. –– Fluid engineering components, behavior can be easily proven
control technology with discontin- their influence and function –– Learning the principles of measure-
uous (two-step action controller) Instructions on how to complete the –– Demonstrating fluid engineering ment and analysis and applying
and continuous controllers (PID exercises, positional sketches, and effects and special features them directly in other circuits
controller). block circuit diagrams are included –– Analytical fault finding –– Demonstrating and understand-
with each exercise, so that students –– Saving energy ing the principles of fluid engineer-
In addition, great emphasis is placed are guided step-by-step through –– Evaluation of changes in status ing faster
on raising awareness of how to han- each of the tests. Measured results –– Proportional technology –– System analysis via PC: state-of-
dle compressed air responsibly as a are then interpreted and compared –– Control technology with continu- the-art diagnostic method
form of energy. with sample solutions, and students ous and discontinuous controllers –– Better understanding of fluid engi-
will be asked to answer questions neering components and processes
Exercises for measuring and about comprehension. and thus higher quality of training
analyzing system and control behav-
ior help you to prepare for a future
in which diagnostics, preventative
maintenance, and saving energy are
becoming increasingly important.

Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
2 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
3 1x Connection unit, analog 567232
4 1x Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
5 1x EasyPort USB 548687 4 5 6
6 1x Quick-Fix screw adapter 549806
8 1x Flow sensor, 0.5 – 50 l/min, analog 8036235
9 1x Proportional-pressure regulator 539779
10 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
12 1x Plastic tubing, 4 x 0.75 silver 10 m 151496 7 8 9
1x FluidLab-P Single license, de/en 556241
2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715
Option: force measurement

For piston force measurement exercises, the force sensor (Order no. 539780) not included
in scope of delivery, is required.
10 11 12
Force sensor 539780
FluidLab®-P inclusive System requirements

The FluidLab®-P software for record- –– PC with Windows 7/8/10
ing measured values is an import- –– Pentium® III or equivalently
ant component of the training pack- –– 2 GB RAM
age TP 210. Just a few simple steps –– CD-ROM disk drive
are needed to configure the inter- –– USB 2.0 or serial interface
face, adapt the sensors, and select –– 1280 x 1024 pixels
the language. Exercises can then –– NI LabView 2012 Runtime
be started, which are divided into (included in scope of delivery)
the areas, basic tests, cylinder con-
trols, proportional technology, and Components from the TP 101 and
control technology. Exercises are TP 201 equipment sets are required
supported by connection diagrams, in order to complete the exercises.
descriptions, and sample solutions.
The measurement process is also
software-controlled. Results can be
measured with measuring points,
printed out, or exported to a spread-
sheet program. The software also
includes the complete book of exer-
cises in PDF format.
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Drives

Drives in pneumatics
Optimum drive Training aims Also order: The workbook includes:

The TP 220 supplements the TP 201 –– Designing a compressed air Workbook –– Training notes
training package by teaching the ba- network –– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
sics of pneumatic drives. The train- –– Sizing the pneumatic power Pneumatic drives photos of industrial applications
ing content features the selection section –– Exercise sheets for trainees
and sizing of various state-of-the-art –– Influence of tubes and fittings on Workbook
TP 220
drive types, taking into account their speed Campus license (➔ Page 19):
individual properties, as well as com- –– Reducing cost by using different
CD-ROM included
1A1
1B1 1B2 1B3 de 549982
mercial and safety considerations. pressures for advance and return 1V2 2 1V3 2
en 559880
Each drive unit remains clearly de- strokes 1V1
1 1
es 559881
fined as an individual design, meet- –– Reducing cost by avoiding leakage
4 2
fr 559882
1M1 1M2
5 3
1
+24 V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
ing the needs of the various entry –– Operating behavior of linear drives
1B1 1B2 1B3
13 13 12 14 12 14
S1 S2 K1 K2
14 14 11 11
levels. Use of industrial components –– Calculation of mass moment of

G1-S1_STOP G1-S2_STOP G1-S3_STOP G1-S1_START
G1-S2_START G1-S3_START
A1 A1
K1 K2 1M1 1M2
A2 A2
0V
throughout emphasizes the essential inertia Festo Didactic
practicality and ensures rapid trans- –– Operating characteristics of rota-

559880 EN
fer of knowledge from training into ry drives

practice. –– Function, control, and selection Describes in detail the issues and
of the fluidic muscle projects in 16 exercises closely
We recommend connection to a –– Comparison between standard linked to industrial practice, each
compressed air system delivering cylinders and the fluidic muscle comprising a problem description
approx. 100 l/min. –– Response of pneumatic controls and work assignment. Worksheets
to power failure support the students through the
required stages of planning, execu-
tion, and monitoring.

Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Drives

1 1x Fluidic muscle, size 10 544311
2 1x Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 180° 544313
3 1x Linear drive, size 18, 170 mm stroke 548641
4 1x Function generator/counter/stopwatch 544315
5 1x 3/2-way fast-switching solenoid valve, normally closed 544312 4 5 6
6 1x 5/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201
8 1x Proximity sensor, electronic 2342009
9 1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
10 2x Weight, 175 g 548581
11 1x Weight, 2 kg 548582
12 1x Air pressure reservoir, 0.4 l 152912 7 8 9
10 11 12
Fluidic muscle Semi-rotary drive Linear drive

The fluidic muscle is a pull actuator In a semi-rotary drive the force is The rodless cylinder is mechanical-
which imitates the action of a biolog- transmitted directly to the drive shaft ly coupled to the slide unit, which
ical muscle. Shudder free, it offers up via a rotary vane. The swivel angle directly supports loads. You will
to 10 times the initial force of normal is freely adjustable from 0 to 180°. learn the steps needed to attain opti-
cylinders of the same diameter. You You will learn the significance of the mum operating behavior, and which
will learn how the muscle can be de- mass moment of inertia to a semi- applications are most suited to the
ployed as a single-acting actuator. rotary drive, and how its operating various options.
behavior under load can be influ-
enced in various mounting positions.
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Vacuum

Vacuum technology
Vacuums in handling technology Training content Typical switching for a vacuum Components from the equipment set
system: TP 201 are required to carry out the
Training package TP 230 continues Low pressure generation and –– Using a vacuum security valve projects.
the training content in TP 201, focus- system design: when some of the suction cups
ing on the topic of handling technol- –– Function and use of ejectors are not gripping All the workpieces required to com-
ogy using a vacuum. according the Venturi principle –– Using a pressure switch to monitor plete the tasks are included in the
–– Effects of system pressure on the low pressure level scope of delivery.
The use of suction grippers to handle the attainable low pressure and –– Reducing the compressed air
workpieces has become an integral the evacuation time consumption in a vacuum system
part of handling technology, as they –– Sizing and setting up a vacuum –– Controlled release and ejection
offer advantages such as the ease of system of workpieces from the suction
construction and the gentleness of gripper
the grippers. Suction grippers also Selecting suction grippers:
enable rapid cycle times, and the –– Shape and materials
investment required is comparatively –– The relevance of gripper types and
low. workpiece shape
–– How the holding force is affected
by the workpiece surface and the
diameter of the suction cup

Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Vacuum

2 1x Pressure switch, 0 – -1 bar 548624
3 1x Vacuum gauge 573042
5 1x Vacuum generator, type H 573258 4 5 6
6 1x Vacuum generator, type L 573259
7 1x Non-return valve 153462
11 1x Suction gripper 20 SS 573045
12 1x Suction gripper 30 SS 573046 7 8 9
13 2x Suction gripper 20 CS with vacuum security valve 573047
14 1x Suction gripper 4x20 ON 573257
Different materials and workpieces

Compressor ➔ Page 134 10 11 12
13 14
Also order: Vacuum elements in handling tech-

nology – valves for vacuums, mea-
Workbook suring and storing a vacuum, suction
grippers, vacuum generation.
Fundamentals of
vacuum technology
The workbook contains:
Workbook
TP 230 –– Sample solutions
–– Training notes
–– Multimedia CD ROM with graphics
CD-ROM included
V1 V2 1V4
1Z1
1 3
and photos of industrial applica-

1Z2
3 1
1V1 1V2 1V3
tions
2
1M1
1 3
1A1 1A2
–– Worksheets for students

24 V 1 2 3
13 12 14 22 24
S1 K1 K1
14 11 21
31
S2
32
A1
K1 1M1
A2

0V 12
11 14 .2
22
21 24 .3
32
31 34
42
41 44
de 567257
Festo Didactic
en 567258
567258 EN
es 567260
In addition to six comprehensive fr 567259
project tasks for step-by-step con-
struction and testing of the vacuum Supplementary media
system, the package also includes –– Designing and simulating with
basic information on the following FluidSIM®
topics: Introduction to vacuum tech- –– Measuring and controlling with
nology – basic concepts of vacuum FluidLab®
technology, vacuum ranges, vacuum –– WBT Pneumatics
generation in handling technology, –– WBT Electropneumatics
vacuum pumps, functional principle –– Textbook: Pneumatics/
of displacement pumps, instructions electropneumatics
on selecting pumps, ejectors, ejec- –– Set of posters on pneumatics
tor units.
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

Sensors in pneumatics
The purpose of a The special feature Course topics

pneumatic control system The new advanced level is all about –– Basic principles of connection and
the subject of sensors in pneumatic circuit technology
By using the TP 240 equipment set, control systems. –– Basic principles of measured data
you can expand the course topics acquisition and processing
of the TP 201 training package to Hands-on experience plays a deci- –– Configuration, function, and appli-
include the topic of sensors in pneu- sive role in teaching the contents. cation options of the sensors used
matics. Examples are used to demonstrate –– Selecting appropriate sensors
the general operational principles of by taking into account certain
With topics such as the application different sensors. Special attention is parameters
of pressure and flow rate sensors, paid to the selection of the right sen- –– Various methods of pressure and
the use of analog position trans- sor, its connection, the correct set- flow measurement
mitters including the integration of ting, and functional checking. –– Differences between absolute,
signal converters, and sensors for relative, and differential pressure
vacuum technology – the special With the TP 240 a basic knowledge of measurement
requirements of sensors in pneumat- sensors in pneumatics can be thor- –– Setting and checking sensors
ic control-system environments are oughly conveyed. –– Using signal converters
covered extensively.
Components from the TP 201 are

required to carry out the projects.

Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

1 1x Position transmitter, 0 – 50 mm, analog 560124
2 1x Signal converter for position transmitter 548621
3 1x Electronic pressure sensor, 0 – 10 bar 548622
4 1x Flow sensor, 0.5 – 50 l/min, analog 8036235
5 1x Flow sensor, -1 – 1 l/min, analog 548625 4 5 6
6 1x Pressure switch, 0 – -1 bar 548624
7 1x Vacuum generator 548628
8 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
10 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
11 1x Stop, 35 mm adjustment path 548630
12 1x Double-acting profile cylinder 549832 7 8 9

10 11 12

Sensors in pneumatics photos of industrial applications,
animations
Workbook
TP 240 –– Exercise sheets for trainees
With CD-ROM

1
de 566909
G U 4
566910
2
en
I
22
20
es 566912
mA
16
14
12
10
I
fr 566913
8
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 mm 50 55
s
Supplementary media
Festo Didactic
–– WBT sensor technology 1

566910 en
–– Textbook: Proximity switches

Ten projects based on industrial –– Design and simulation using
examples, suitable for equipment FluidSIM®
set TP 240, each including problem –– Measurement and control using
descriptions, parameters, and proj- FluidLab®
ect tasks, deal in detail with the –– Set of posters on pneumatics
specific subject of sensors in pneu-
matic control-system environments.
The topics of pressure sensors, flow
sensors, analog position transmit-
ters for pneumatic cylinders, signal
converters, and sensors for vacuum
technology are covered comprehen-
sively.
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Safety

Safety in pneumatic systems
Risk reduction! TP 250! Training content Components from equipment sets

TP 250 builds on the training content –– Reducing pressure and force TP 101 and TP 201 are required to
Just like good functionality and eco- of TP 101 and TP 201, focusing on according to the tasks carry out the projects.
nomic efficiency, safety is essen- the systematic optimization of safety –– Reducing the speed and accelera-
tial to the success of any product. in pneumatic systems. The aim of the tion while observing the cycle time Mounting the pneumatic system,
What is more, new directives and training package is to detect risks in and flow control for the specific consisting of cylinders, weight, and
laws require intelligent solutions and pneumatic processes, to assess the loading conditions cover, is done on the profile column
raise the level of professional skills risks for a simple “machine”, and to –– Emergency stop and release: of a Learnline workstation. If there
required. As a result, there is a wide learn what measures can be used to suitable measures for stopping is no profile column available, the
range of different products, infor- reduce risks and how to implement and properly recommissioning a mounting kit for Learntop S (order
mation, and qualifications for safety them properly. pneumatic drive no. 526847) or the mounting kit for
engineering. However, most of these –– Suitable measures in case of vertical slotted profile plates ( order
focus on the control level, meaning compressed air failure and return, no. 533528) can be used. Two of
that safety usually only goes as as well as instructions on how to each of these are needed.
far as the output of a fail-safe PLC, store and use auxiliary energy
for example. However, risks can al- –– Suitable measures in case of power
so arise outside of the power sec- failure and return
tion, so it is important that systems –– Getting to know the operating
include risk reduction measures to modes and signals for operating
cope with such problems. statuses
–– Using sensors to detect malfunc-
But what does the “pneumatics tions
specialist” entrusted with the com- –– Increasing the performance level
missioning, troubleshooting, set-up, using a dual-channel emergency
maintenance, and simple optimiza- stop system
tion of a system need to know? And –– Selecting and using suitable
how can this knowledge be conveyed protective measures
in a clear manner, with easy-to-follow
steps?

Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Safety

3 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201
4 1x Non-return valve 153462
5 1x Weight, 2 kg for cylinder 572778 4 5 6
6 1x Cover for cylinder 572777
7 1x Operational status display 567263
8 1x Mushroom-head safety switch 567261
9 1x Safety relay for emergency stop and safety door 567262

Also order: sive illustrations and cross-sections

to explain the design principles.
Workbook
Safety in pneumatic systems –– Sample solutions
–– Training notes
Workbook
TP 250 –– Multimedia CD ROM with
graphics and photos of industrial
applications, safety guidelines,
CD-ROM included
safety poster
1A1
m
1V3 2 2 1V4

1 21 1 21
1V1 4 2 1V2 2
de 567265
1M1 1M2 1M3
5 1 3 1 3
en 567266
Festo Didactic
es 567267
567266 en
fr 567268
The workbook contains progressively
complex project tasks, together with Supplementary media
the solutions for each exercise sheet. –– WBT Safety engineering
In these exercises, students reduce –– WBT Pneumatics
the potential risk level of a pneumat- –– WBT Electropneumatics
ic system step-by-step. The basic –– Designing and simulating with
level contains the following top- FluidSIM®
ics: overview of relevant standards, –– Measuring and controlling with
laws, and regulations; overview FluidLab®
and detailed description of operat- –– Textbook: Pneumatics/
ing modes; overview and detailed electropneumatics
description of ten relevant safety –– Set of posters on pneumatics
functions; possible technical solu-
tions for each safety function; exten-
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB pneumatics
BIBB pneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course
BIBB pneumatics 2007/2008 The Festo Didactic Advantage Also order: Pneumatic control technology –
A CD-ROM complete with all circuit exercises and solutions
The new edition of the “Pneumatic diagrams for all the exercises and Pneumatic control technology – Recommended and published by the
control technology” training course activities is an integral part of the exercises for trainees Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung
is recommended and published by scope of delivery. These are in CT file Recommended and published by the (BIBB) (German Federal Institute for
the Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung format for FluidSIM® Pneumatics and Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung Vocational Education and Training).
(BIBB, German Federal Institute for in PDF file format. (BIBB, German Federal Institute for
Vocational Education and Training). Vocational Education and Training). The “Pneumatic control technology,
It goes without saying that all equip- exercises for trainees” book contains
Festo Didactic offers the suitable ment set components are compatible In addition to 11 exercises, which questions for trainees about the 11
equipment set for this course. with the Festo Didactic training pack- require the BIBB pneumatics equip- exercises, as well as the solutions
age components. ment set, the following topics are al- and circuit diagrams.
The 2007/2008 edition contains a so included:
few new additions compared with This means you can either supple- –– Compressed air generation de 90090
the 1999 edition: ment your TP 101 with the BIBB –– Basic terms in control technology
–– Piloted non-return valves to stop pneumatics equipment set or your –– Servicing
pneumatic drives in any position in BIBB pneumatics equipment set with –– Maintenance
case of a drop in pressure. the TP 101. –– Inspection
–– Pneumatic proximity sensors as a –– Repair procedure
modern alternative to roller lever A wealth of information on the basic –– Fault finding/analysis/
valves for cylinder sensing. principles of pneumatics! documentation
–– Getting started in vacuum technol-
ogy: vacuum generation with a ven- de 90070
turi nozzle/laval nozzle and simple
handling with suction grippers.

Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB pneumatics
Complete equipment set BIBB pneumatics in equipment tray 549840 1 2 3

2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 3x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866
5 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated at one end 576307 4 5 6
7 1x 5/3-way valve, mid-position closed 576304
8 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
9 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
12 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772 7 8 9
15 2x Proximity sensor, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 2764815
16 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
17 1x Vacuum generator 548628
19 2x Double-acting cylinder 152888 10 11 12
20 1x Driving/tractive load 152889
13 14 15

16 17 18
Supplementary media
–– WBT Pneumatics
–– FluidSIM® Pneumatics design
and simulation program
–– Cutaway model case
–– Set of posters on pneumatics
–– Textbook: Pneumatics, Basic level
19 20 21
–– Workbook: Pneumatics,
Basic level TP 101
–– Workbook: Pneumatics,
Advanced level TP 102
–– GRAFCET drawing template
22 23 24
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB electropneumatics
BIBB electropneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB electropneumatics course
1 2 3 Complete equipment set BIBB Electropneumatics in equipment tray 184462

4 5 6 5 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
7 8 9 12 3x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 567199
10 11 12 Tabletop power supply unit ➔ www.festo-didactic.com
Training aims Recommended training media

–– Physical fundamentals of
13 14
electrics and pneumatics
–– Function and application of
electropneumatic devices
–– Representing motion sequences
and switching states
–– Constructing control systems
using relays
–– Electrical latching circuits –– WBT Electropneumatics
–– Using magnetic proximity sensors –– Design and simulation program,
–– Using pressure switches FluidSIM® Pneumatics
–– Directionally dependent control
systems using sensors Also order:
–– Directionally dependent control
systems using predetermining BIBB Electropneumatics course
counters de 93070
–– Controllers with parameters and:
(e.g., single/continuous cycle, Accompanying exercises, log
EMERGENCY-OFF) sheets, and exercise circuits
–– Step diagram controls/pro- de 93080
cess-controlled sequence controls
–– Timing controls/time-controlled
sequence controls
–– Program controls with non-deleting
and deleting sequencer
–– Troubleshooting large electropneu-
matic control systems
The selection of components com-

plies with the German Federal Insti-
tute for Vocational Training (Bundes-
institute für Berufsbildung (BIBB))
course.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop pneumatics

Basic closed-loop pneumatics training

5 2x One-way flow control valve 193967 4 5 6
6 1x On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 µm 526337
9 1x PID controller 162254
10 1x Comparator 162257
11 1x Pressure sensor, analog 167094
12 1x 5/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201 7 8 9
13 1x 5/3-way proportional valve 167078
15 1x Status controller 162253
16 1x Linear drive, pneumatic, with guide and accessories 192501
17 1x Position encoder 152628
18 1x Ruler 525927
19 1x Weight, 5 kg, for linear drive 34065 10 11 12
20 2x Shock absorber 34572
1x Connecting cable for linear potentiometer 376177
1x Adapter for Y-axis or weight 167032
1x Mounting accessories for position encoder 8065079
13 14 15
Digital multimeter 8040005
Digital storage oscilloscope 571845
Function generator 152918
Cable BNC – 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC – BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
16 17 18
Training aims Recommended training media

–– Controlling pressure and position –– WBT Pneumatics
19 20
–– Action sequence of a control circuit –– Design and simulation program,
–– Activity and timing of control units: FluidSIM® Pneumatics
discontinuous and continuous con-
trols, P, I, D, PI, PD, PID controls, Also order:
status controls
–– Behavior of control sequences: Workbook Closed-loop pneumatics
transfer characteristics, transient Campus license (➔ Page 19):
response, system with and with- de 94459
out compensation, system of first, en 94465
second and third order, idle times es 533499
–– Interaction of closed-loop con- fr 94347
trols and control systems: control
circuit optimization, stability con- Partial equipment sets for controlling
siderations pressure and position on request.
–– Set-up, commissioning, and op-
timization of closed-loop control Note: The linear drive and linear
assemblies, devices, and systems potentiometer are mounted perpen-
with analog controller cards dicular to the profile slot.
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Energy-efficient compressed air management
Air Control System AirCS® equipment set – Advanced level

Energy-efficient compressed air management
A view of the entire system Generation and load management Distribution and monitoring Special features of the
The index number of the connect- Long-term monitoring makes it pos- AirCS® EduTrainer®
Before compressed air can be used ed compressor is ascertained under sible to visualize consumption for Pneumatic function area with:
it must be generated, purified, and the Condition Monitoring menu item. individual applications. This allows –– Flow sensor
distributed up to the respective ap- Various compressors can be com- for well-founded statements regard- –– Pressure sensor
plication. Compressed air is a valu- pared and changes can be detected ing energy costs. Targeted and actual –– Distributor block for QS-4/6/8
able form of energy. Nevertheless, at an early stage. A calculation tool statuses can be compared, for exam- –– Directly actuated 5/2-way
too little is often done to lay out the assists the user in ascertaining over- ple, in order to be able to detect and solenoid valve
overall system efficiently. Consump- all variable and fixed costs for com- evaluate leaks. –– Outlet with flow control valve
tion is rarely measured or monitored. pressed air generation. and stop-cock
The cost situation is usually unclear. Compressed air distribution compo-
In the case of load management, en- nents can be examined in the Flow Electrical function area with:
This is where the Air Control Sys- ergy consumption is visualized for Resistance menu. In this way, for ex- –– Energy consumption meter
tem AirCS® comes in. The import- the compressor and an additional ample, the various resistances of dif- –– 2x 230/110 V AC outputs with
ant aspects of making compressed consuming device. Pressure thresh- ferent tubing lengths and diameters control technology to switch the
air available and distributing it are olds are specified for switching the can be acquired and compared, as 230/110 V AC consuming devices
examined within the framework compressor on and off. In consider- well as for T-connectors and elbow –– SysLink and analog connection for
of the AirCS® training project with ation of peak loads, the fundamen- connectors. Furthermore, a calcula- EasyPort
regard to energy efficiency. tals of load management can then be tion tool is available for determining –– Connections for integrating the
imparted and tested. the ideal pipe cross-section. external sensor
The AirCS® EduTrainer® serves as a
basis to this end. It’s incorporated As a prerequisite for the use of In the case of nominal flow measure- Can be used for A4 mounting frame
between compressed air generation AirCS®, a system must be available ment, a second, external pressure (399 x 297 mm) or as table stand.
(compressor) and the process. In for measurement, for example the sensor can be used to ascertain the
combination with FluidLab®-AirCS® MPS® distributing station or the nominal flow rates of devices and
software, integrated measuring tech- equipment set TP 201 (basic level components, in a manner similar to
nology allows for innovative condi- electro-pneumatics). the ISO 6358 standard.
tion monitoring for the measurement
of compressed air and energy con-
sumption.

Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Energy-efficient compressed air management
Complete equipment set AirCS 8023858

1x AirCS EduTrainer 8023859
1x AirCS accessory kit 8023860
1x FluidLab-AirCS 1.0 single license 8023861
1x EasyPort USB 548687
1x Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141 110/230 V AC
USB
1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 24 V DC
1x Pressure sensor with display 572745 D I/O 0V
AI
TP/MPS®/...
110/230 V AC
...
FluidLab®-AirCS® included AirCS® training documentation

The FluidLab®-AirCS® software is The workbook in German and English
an important component of the constitutes the accompanying
AirCS® equipment set. Just a few documentation for the AirCS® train-
simple steps are needed to config- ing project.
ure the interface and select the user
language (German/English). Then The workbook contains:
the exercises can be started. –– Definition of task
Exercises are supported by connec- –– Training notes
tion diagrams, descriptions, and
sample solutions taken from the Up to two electric consuming devices
AirCS® workbook. The measure- (e.g. compressor and power supply
ment process is software-controlled. unit) are needed to perform the load
Results can be measured with mea- management exercises.
suring points, printed out, or export-
ed to a spreadsheet program. The
software scope also includes the
complete book of exercises in PDF
format.
System requirements
–– PC with Windows 7/8/10
–– CD-ROM drive
–– USB 2.0 or serial interface
Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors/PLC

Sensors for object detection
The purpose of automation The equipment set contains sen- The special feature Course topics
technology sors with analog and binary output Hands-on experience plays a central –– Configuration, function, and
signals, although the focus is on role in teaching the fundamentals coefficients of the sensors used
The subject of sensors for object binary output signals. These sensors of sensors for object detection. –– Basic principles of connection and
detection is covered extensively in are called proximity switches. Examples are used to demonstrate circuit technology
the TP 1311 equipment set. The top- the general operational principles of –– Influence of object shape, material,
ics include configuration, function, The following types are contained different sensors. Special attention is surface, and color on the switching
areas of application, and the selec- in the equipment set: paid to the selection of the right sen- characteristics of sensors
tion of sensors based on the require- –– Magnetic proximity sensors sor, its connection, the correct set- –– Terms which describe coefficients
ments of an application. –– Inductive proximity sensors ting, and functional checking. and functional behavior
–– Optical proximity sensors –– Configuration of logic circuits
–– Capacitive proximity sensors With the TP 1311 students can –– Selecting appropriate sensors
–– Inductive sensors (analog) acquire a thorough, basic knowledge by taking into account certain
about sensors for object detection. parameters

Pneumatic training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors/PLC
Complete equipment set TP 1311 566918 1 2 3

1 1x Proximity sensor, magneto-resistive 566199
4 1x Analog sensor, inductive, M12 548644
5 1x One-way light barrier, receiver 548647 4 5 6
6 1x One-way light barrier, transmitter 548648
7 1x Fiber-optic unit 548655
8 1x Fiber-optic cable 548659
9 1x Retro-reflective sensor 548649
10 1x Reflector (triple mirror), 20 mm 548650
11 1x Diffuse sensor with background suppression 548656
12 1x Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 548651 7 8 9
14 1x Slide unit 572740
15 1x Set of test objects 549830

Slotted mounting plate ➔ Page 39 10 11 12
13 14 15
Also order: topics are covered by exercises using

magnetic, inductive, optical, and
Workbook capacitive proximity sensors.
Sensors for object detection The workbook includes:

Workbook
TP 1311 –– Training notes
photos of industrial applications
With CD-ROM
50
mm
40

30
20
10
S
10 20 30 mm 40
-20
-30

-40
-50
24 V
de 566919
24 V
B 1
4 Q1
3
0V
P
0V
en 566920
es 566921
Festo Didactic
fr 566922
566920 en
Fifteen projects based on industrial Supplementary media

examples, suitable for equipment set –– WBT Sensor technology 2:
TP 1311, each including problem Sensors for object detection
descriptions, parameters, and proj- –– Textbook: Proximity switches
ect tasks, deal in detail with the spe-
cific subject of sensors for object
detection. The main topics are con-
figuration, function, and the influ-
ence of material properties on be-
havior, possible applications, and
how to select a sensor based on the
application conditions. The content
Hydraulics training packages > System description
Hydraulics training packages

Tailored training in industrial and mobile hydraulics
Modular for flexible expansion
Festo Didactic’s training packages

are modular in structure. For exam-
ple, you could start with the basic
level of electrohydraulics and then
move onto the advanced level. Or are
you more interested in electropneu-
matics? The choice is yours. You’d
like to explore a particular special-
ised topic? All equipment set compo-
nents can also be ordered separate-
ly, so you can turn your own ideas
into reality. Position it – clamp it – done! Everything where you want it – Connect it – power!
With the Quick-Fix mounting system, systematic storage Hydraulic power is supplied by the
you can mount all components easi- Most equipment sets are delivered tool-free connection of low-leakage
ly and securely on the profile plate or in practical, Systainer-compatible couplings – the latest generation in
on the profile column of a Learnline equipment trays. This equipment high-grade stainless steel. The cou-
workstation. The electrical units are tray fits in the drawers of the work- pling is self-sealing when uncoupled.
clamped into the ER frame and se- stations. The large pictogram on the During the low-friction coupling pro-
quenced individually. The supports components, designed in accordance cedure, only the front surface is coat-
and the electrical units are the same with the latest standards, provides ed with oil, which saves resources, is
for both hydraulics and pneumatics – clear instructions for connecting easy on the environment, and reduc-
a single investment, with double the the components and ensures short es contamination.
functionality. preparation and follow-up times.
When dismantling circuits, you can
quickly and easily locate where the
component goes in the equipment
tray.

Hydraulics training packages > System description
Didactic plus
The workbooks accompanying

the training packages contain
project-oriented exercises of in-
creasing complexity. There are also
positional sketches, illustrations,
videos, animations, and cross-
sectional drawings, which explain
how things look in the real world.
For a complete and expert treat-
ment of the topic of hydraulics, the
training also covers basic physics,
technical calculations, safety, effi-
ciency, analytical fault-finding, and
professional documentation.
Hands-on basic and specialized

training using industrial compo-
nents provides the confidence to
apply the a cquired knowledge in
the workplace. The components
are specially selected for the exer-
cises in the workbook. Note: near-
ly all hydraulic and electrical con-
nections are located on the easily
accessible upper side of the com-
ponents.
Your choice of training environment Quality not quantity! New technologies – Mobile hydraulics
User-friendly training environments Bigger is not necessarily better. new skills needed The new training packages for
for specific topic areas: Volumetric flow rates and pres- Modern measurement and diagnos- mobile hydraulics systematically and
–– Self-study phases with the sures should be chosen with care tic technology and cartridge valves informatively explore complex topics
training programs and in coordination with the system are among the international trends in and systems, such as work hydrau-
–– Designing and documentation as a whole. This especially applies hydraulics. So you’ll find those tech- lics, hydrostatic steering and drive
with FluidSIM® to hydraulic training systems. High nologies in our learning systems as systems for the agricultural, forestry,
–– Hands-on experimentation with forces and cylinder speeds not on- well. Benefit from the compact, inte- and construction vehicle sectors, and
the training packages and the ly increase the danger for the user, grated design, the low weight, ease warehouse and municipal vehicles.
exercises in the workbooks but also require a larger hydraulic of handling, and easy-to-read sym-
–– Functional testing and optimization power pack with higher power con- bol system.
with measurement technology and sumption. So our offer is: as large as
FluidLab® necessary and as small as possible,
without compromising on teaching
effectiveness.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Hydraulics
Equipment set TP 501 – Basic Level

Basic training in hydraulics
The classic reissued Pure convenience Training content Hydraulic circuits:

–– Commissioning hydraulic circuits
The solid basis for hands-on basic –– Easy and exact switching of hand Power packs and components: safely
and specialized education. Training lever valves –– Design, function, and most import- –– Using the flow control valve in the
package TP 501 contains only purely –– Ergonomic handwheels and fine ant characteristics of a hydraulic inflow and outflow and adjusting
hydraulic control systems. resolution allow the simple and power unit the drive speed
precise setting of the flow and –– Design and function of pressure- –– Difference between a flow control
The number and version of the com- pressure valves relief valves, cylinders, and direc- valve and one-way flow control
ponents are specifically adapted to –– Tool-free, single-hand operation tional control valves valve in hydraulic control systems
the projects in the workbook. This is with quick action mounting system, –– Design and function of the non- –– Design and mode of operation of a
a cost-effective way of achieving the Quick-Fix return valve, one-way flow control differential circuit
important training objectives. –– Easy and secure plugging and valve, and piloted non-return valve –– Effect of the piston surfaces on
releasing of the new, low-leakage, –– Design and function of flow con- pressures, forces, speeds, and
TP 501, Basic Level is suitable for ba- self-sealing, quick connection cou- trol valves travel times
sic training in hydraulic control tech- plings –– Proper use of piloted non-return
nology and imparts knowledge of the Measurements and calculations: valves
basic physical principles of hydrau- Delivered in practical, Systainer-com- –– Recording and interpreting the –– Circuits with different types of
lics, as well as the function and use patible equipment trays. The trays, characteristic curve of a hydrau- counter pressure
of hydraulic components. in turn, fit exactly into the drawers in lic pump –– Operating cylinders with varying
Learnline workstations. –– Measuring the volume flow of a loads
hydraulic control system
–– Recording the characteristic curve
of a pressure-relief valve
–– Identifying and calculating times,
pressures and forces during ad-
vancing and retracting of a cylinder
–– Recording the characteristic curve
of a flow control valve
–– Calculating performance ratios
when using 4/3-way valves with
different mid-positions


1 1x Pressure relief valve 544335
2 1x 2-way flow control valve 544338
5 1x Non-return valve, 0.6 MPa opening pressure 548618 4 5 6
6 1x 4/2-way hand lever valve, spring return 544342
7 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, relieving mid-position (AB −> T), detenting 544344
8 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, closed mid-position, detenting 544343
9 1x Shut-off valve 152844
10 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover 572746
11 1x Weight, 9 kg for cylinder 152972
12 1x Hydraulic motor 152858 7 8 9
13 1x T-distributor 152847
14 2x 4-way distributor with pressure gauge 159395
16 1x Flow sensor 567191

7x Hose line with quick release couplings, 600 mm 152960 10 10 11
3x Hose line with quick release couplings, 1000 mm 152970
Hydraulic power pack ➔ Pages 148 – 149
Protective cover for weight, 9 kg ➔ Page 143
12 13 14
Also order: The workbook contains:

Hydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Basic level 15 16
Workbook
TP 501
diagrams
CD-ROM included
-MM1
-RZ1

A B
m -PG1 -PG2
-RM1 B
-SJ1
A
A
X
B
de 550141
P T
-QM1
en 551141
es 551145
X A B
fr 551146
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551141 en
–– Designing and simulating with

The basic circuits for hydraulics are FluidSIM®
presented in 17 exercises. The sym- –– Measuring and controlling with
bols used in the circuit diagrams are FluidLab®
according to DIN/ISO 1219. In order –– WBT Hydraulics
to carry out the exercises, students –– Textbook: Basic Principles of
require the equipment set for TP 501 Hydraulics and Electrohydraulics
Hydraulics, Basic Level. –– Hydraulics poster set
Equipment set TP 501+ – Advanced level

Systematic troubleshooting
Realistic Professional Pressure relief valve with Flow control valve with
Systematic troubleshooting and broken spring damaged pressure compensator
Equipment set TP 501+ from professional error elimination are One example of a defective compo- Another example of a defect is a two-
Festo Didactic is an extension to an essential part of everyday oper- nent is a pressure relief valve with way flow control valve with a dam-
equipment set TP 501. TP 501+ ations in many jobs in the fields of a broken spring. This defect may be aged pressure compensator. While
contains components with specified, mechanics, mechatronics, and elec- due to a continuous load or a ma- intact, the valve ensures a constant
realistic defects. It enables hydraulic trical engineering. In order to acquire terial flaw. The defect results in the volumetric flow rate, regardless of
circuits to be constructed with the skills in this area via a structured, spring length being shortened and the load pressure. However, in this
TP 501 and individual components to yet safe, procedure, it is important hence, in a reduction in the maxi- case, the pressure compensator is
be replaced by defective ones. that systematic troubleshooting is mum pressure that can be set. The not working. The differential pres-
both learned and practiced. Keys to conspicuous symptoms result in a sure is no longer being regulated
Using our experience in industrial this are: lower cylinder force. Pressure sen- via the throttle valve. Here, the flow
environments, we were able to –– Understanding circuits and discern- sors or force sensors may not switch, control valve behaves like an unreg-
define typical error patterns for ing any non-conformities which can lead to interruptions to ulated throttle valve. A fault like this
hydraulic systems and adapt them –– Delimiting/precluding any error operation cycles or process safety occurs if dirt has entered the system
to the components contained in areas being put at risk. and as a result, the pressure com-
equipment set TP 501+. –– Locating and rectifying errors pensator’s piston has seized up in
the open position.
This procedure assumes specialist
knowledge, such as modes of oper-
ation of individual components and
their system limits

Complete equipment set TP 501+ in equipment tray 8060229 1 2 3

1 1x Shut-off valve, defective 8065301
2 1x One-way flow control valve , defective 8065298
3 1x Pressure relief valve, defective 8065175
4 1x 2-way flow control valve, defective 8065174
5 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, H-center position, detenting (PTAB) 8065281 4 5 6
7 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200, defective 8065195
8 1x Hose line with quick release couplings, clogged 8065327

7 7 8
Requirements Study materials

Building on from Basic Level Hydrau- A description is included for each
lics, the Advanced Level contains defective component describing
eight components appropriate for both its function and the fault. A flow
equipment set TP 501. Possible trou- chart, which guides learners sys-
bleshooting tasks are aimed at all tematically from observation of the
job areas involving maintenance and symptom to the repair task, is also
repair activities. Special measuring included.
equipment is not required since all
symptoms are observable. However, Supplementary media
error patterns can also be quantified –– Design and simulation using
using measuring equipment such as FluidSIM®
a flowmeter or pressure gauge. –– Diagnostic system TP 810 with
FluidLab®-M
–– Textbook: Basic principles of
hydraulics and electrohydraulics
–– WBT hydraulics
–– Web-based training, electro-
hydraulics
–– Hydraulics poster set
Equipment set TP 502 – Advanced Level

Hydraulics for advanced users
The new advanced level Hydraulics plus! Training content Hydraulic circuits:
–– Implementing bypass circuits
The training package TP 502 builds The new components provide add- Power packs and components: –– Ensuring synchronized forward
on the material covered in training ed training value, and relevant proj- –– Design and function of a h
ydraulic and return strokes
package TP 501 – Basic Level, and ect tasks form the basis for advanced motor –– Getting to know the bypass circuit
adds 15 new projects to it. training in fundamental principles. –– Setting the direction and rotation –– Getting to know the rapid traverse
speed of a hydraulic motor feed circuit
The course expands students’ knowl- Delivered in practical, Systainer-com- –– Design, function, and use of a flow –– Advancing and retracting of a
edge about the basic physical prin- patible equipment trays, which in divider cylinder after the pump from the
ciples of hydraulics and the function turn, fit exactly into the drawers in –– Using a hydraulic reservoir as a reservoir is switched off
and use of further hydraulic compo- Learnline workstations. volume and pressure accumulator –– Use of a hydraulic reservoir for a
nents. –– Design, function and use of a rapid traverse circuit
pressure regulator –– Getting to know the rectifier circuit
In order to carry out the projects, –– Specifying the cylinder pressure –– Configuration and description
users require the components and –– Difference between pressure-relief of a sequence control with two
the necessary accessories from valves and pressure regulators cylinders
equipment set TP 501. –– Getting to know the pressure
Measurements and calculations: sequence and pressure stage
–– Calculating performance ratios of circuit
hydraulic circuits from measured –– Getting to know the fuse protection
values for tensile loads
–– Calculating forces on the cylinder
–– Creating procedure descriptions


1 1x Pressure relief valve, compensated 567237
2 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337
3 1x Flow dividing valve 544340
4 1x 2/2-way stem actuated valve, convertible 544353
6 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
8 1x Mounting kit for cylinders 544371

7x Hose line with quick release couplings, 600 mm 152960 7 7 7/8
Protective cover for weight, 9 kg ➔ Page 143 9

Hydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced Level
Workbook
TP 502
diagrams
With CD-ROM
1A1
1B1
1B1 A
P
de 550142
1V2 P 1V3 P
en 551147
1V1 A B
P T
T T
es 551148
0V1
A P B
fr 551149
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551147 en

The tasks demonstrate advanced hy- FluidSIM®
draulic circuits. The equipment set –– Measuring and controlling with
of package TP 501 – Hydraulics B asic FluidLab®
Level and TP 502 – Advanced Level –– WBT Hydraulics
equipment set are needed to carry –– Textbook: Basic principles of
out the tasks. Hydraulics and Electrohydraulics
Hydraulics – Basic level – TP 501 America

Equipment set
The Lab-Volt Hydraulics Safe and sound system Pure convenience Training aims – TP 501 America
Fundamentals Successor The design of the system compo- –– Easy and precise switching of Introduction to Hydraulics
nents ensures a high level of inher- hand-lever valves. –– Familiarization with the Training
The Lab-Volt Fluid Power System has ent safety. –– Ergonomic handwheels with a System
been re-engineered and transferred high resolution allow the simple –– Basic Principles of Hydraulics
to Festo Didactic’s Training Packag- The hydraulic hoses are equipped and precise setting of the flow and –– Hydraulic Power Unit and Distribu-
es series. with leakage-free, self-sealing cou- pressure valves. tion Equipment
plings in high-grade stainless steel –– Tool-free, single-hand operation Valves
TP 501 America now combines the that are easy on the environment with Quick-Fix mounting system. –– Pressure Relief Valve
proven learning approach through and reduce contamination. The –– The equipment trays fit exactly into –– Flow control valves
object-oriented courseware from Spring Load for Cylinders comes the drawers in Learnline/Learntop –– Flow regulating valves
Lab-Volt with the project-orientation with a safety cover to prevent po- workstations. –– Pressure-Reducing vales
from Festo Didactic. tential hazards when high forces are –– The trays are compatible with the –– Directional control valves
involved. Systainer suitcases for enhanced Basic Controls of Cylinders
TP 501 America is the basic level for mobility. –– Cylinders – Direction and Speed
education in hydraulics and a prereq- The Cylinders come with a safety –– The solid aluminum structure and –– Cylinders – Pressure and Force
uisite for TP 601 America, Electrohy- cover, reducing the risk of injury, and profile bars can support heavy Basic Hydraulic Circuits
draulics Basic Level. include a guide for easy positioning components without twisting or –– Meter-in/Meter-Out Configurations
and a tool-free quick-action mount- bending. –– Securing a Load
TP 501 and TP 601 America support ing system. –– Easy and precise positioning of –– Regenerative Circuit
vocational training institutes in their components along the profile –– Sequential Circuit
mission to educate skilled, resource- All power pack motors are equipped groove
ful technicians and engineers, as with overload protection, protection
required by the local industry. against restart, and an easy-to-ac-
cess emergency off button.

Complete equipment set TP 501 America in equipment tray 8060227 1 2 3

4 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, closed mid-position, detenting 544343
5 1x Non-return valve, delockable 544339 4 5 6
9 1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 8025067
10 1x Spring load for cylinders, hydraulic 4914138
11 1x Flow indicator with float 4857121
12 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337 7 8 9

1x Digital multimeter 8040005
Workstation ➔ Page 39
1x Power supply unit for mounting frame (NEMA 5-15 plug) 162411
13 14 15

hydraulic diagrams, thorough
Courseware TP 501 America analysis, troubleshooting exercises,
and comprehensive theory coverage
Hydraulics provide the ideal preparation for the
Basic Level
real-life industrial environment
Instructor Guide
TP 501 America

en 793157
Germany
Festo Didactic SE
Rechbergstr. 3
73770 Denkendorf
Tel.: +49 711 3467-0
Fax: +49 711 347-54-88500
did@festo.com
United States
Festo Didactic Inc.
Instructor Guide
Eatontown, NJ 07724
Tel.: +1 732 938-2000
Toll Free: +1-800-522-8658
Fax: +1 732 774-8573
Canada
675, rue du Carbone
Tel.: +1 418 849-1000
Hydraulics Basic Level
Toll Free: +1-800-522-8658

Fax: +1 418 849-1666
Festo Didactic
en
The Campus License consists of

an Instructor Guide and a Student
Manual.

sively increase in complexity,
providing an ideal introduction to
hydraulics.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Electrohydraulics
Equipment set TP 601 – Basic Level

Basic training in electrohydraulics
New edition of electrohydraulics! Training content Hydraulic circuits: –– Expanding existing control systems
–– Commissioning hydraulic circuits and adjusting the documentation
TP 601 is a logical further develop- Power packs and components: safely accordingly
ment of electrohydraulics for train- –– Design, mode of operation, and –– Explaining and designing direct –– Implementing s equence control
ing and specialized education. The areas of application of 2/2, 3/2, and indirect actuation with two cylinders
equipment set contains only elec- 4/2, and 4/3-way solenoid valves, –– Creating and using a sequence –– Getting to know and creating a
tro-hydraulic circuits and control as well as 4/2-way double sole- table procedure description as GRAFCET
systems. noid valves –– Explaining and designing signal and as a function diagram
–– Design and mode of operation of storage in the hydraulic power –– Analyzing circuits and carrying out
The number and version of the com- electrical pushbuttons, switches, section systematic fault finding and error
ponents are specifically adapted to and limit switches –– Selecting solenoid valves accord- elimination with restart
the projects in the workbook. This is –– Design and mode of operation of ing to the technical control require-
a cost-effective way of teaching the a relay ments Measurements and calculations:
important training objectives. –– Knowing and accounting for the –– Using and designing basic logic –– Measuring and calculating the flow
contact load capacity of electrical functions in an electrohydraulic installation
This equipment set provides signal transmitters –– Explaining and designing an –– Calculating electrical characteris-
students with knowledge about the –– Selecting and using hydraulic and electric latching circuit with a tic values
basic physical principles of electrical electrical components according to dominant switch-off signal
engineering and electrohydraulics, economic criteria –– Designing and arranging pres-
as well as how electrohydraulic and –– Design and mode of operation of a sure-dependent control systems
control technology components func- pressure switch –– Knowing simple operating modes
tion and are used. –– Knowing different ways of sens- and accounting for them in the
ing a cylinder’s end position and circuit
selecting the right one –– Electrical and mechanical locking
of signals in a relay control system


4 1x Non-return valve, 0.6 MPa opening pressure 548618
5 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346 4 5 6
6 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347
7 1x 4/2-way double solenoid valve, detenting 544352
9 1x Weight, 9 kg, for cylinder 152972
12 2x T-distributor 152847 7 8 9
15 1x Pressure switch, electronic 548612
19 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345 10 10 10/11

12 13 14
15 16 17

Electrohydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Basic Level
18 19 20
Workbook
TP 601
diagrams
With CD-ROM
-MM1
-PG2
-RZ1 B

A
-PG1
-QM2
-MB1
A B de 550143
P T
en 551150
24 V 1 2
-XM1PG1
-QM1
13 12 14
-SF1 -KF1
14 11
-KF1
A1
-MB1
es 551151
A2
0V
11
21
31
12
14 .2
22
24
32
34
fr 551152
42
41 44
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551150 en

The basic electric circuits for hydrau- FluidSIM®
lic control technology are presented –– Measuring and controlling with
in 15 exercises. In order to carry out FluidLab®
the exercises, students require the –– WBT Electrohydraulics
equipment set of TP 601 Electrohy- –– Textbook: Basic principles of
draulics, Basic Level. Hydraulics and Electrohydraulics

Electrohydraulics
1 2 3/4 Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to

Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims, see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 – TP 601 573039
5 6 7 The most important components at a glance:

6 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346
8 8 8/9 7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347
10 11 12
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and

Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims, see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 – TP 601 573040

7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347


Controllers for electrohydraulics
Supplementary equipment set The Controlling using FluidSIM® 1 2 3

Controlling using FluidSIM®/ package contains everything you
EasyPort USB need to control training packages
TP 201 and TP 601. FluidSIM®
With this package, the FluidSIM® Pneumatics is required for TP 201
software can be used to control and FluidSIM® Hydraulics for TP 601.
training packages. FluidSIM® con- A set of brief instructions provides
trols via EasyPort USB and process- information on the individual steps.
es the inputs and outputs connect- 4 5
ed to the universal connection unit The sample solutions are included on
according to their programming, a data storage medium as F luidSIM®
e.g., using the digital module con- CT programs.
tained in FluidSIM®.
Complete supplementary equipment set Controlling using

FluidSIM/EasyPort USB in equipment tray 556270

1 1x Brief instructions for FluidSIM, de/en/es/fr 556267
2 1x EasyPort USB 548687
Prerequisite:
Equipment set TP 601 – Basic Level ➔ Pages 92 – 93
FluidSIM Hydraulics ➔ Pages 12 – 13
6 7 8
Supplementary equipment set The LOGO! 8 TP EduTrainer® Compact
Controlling using LOGO! 8 TP training package contains everything
EduTrainer® Compact TP/LOGO! you need to control training packag-
Soft Comfort es TP 201 and TP 601. A set of brief
instructions provides information on
A quick, straightforward, and inex- the individual steps. Programming is
pensive introduction to logical signal carried out using the LOGO! program- 9
processing. ming software, Soft Comfort.
With its extensive basic and special The sample solutions are included
control technology functions, LOGO! on a data storage medium as LOGO!
replaces a variety of conventional Soft Comfort programs.
switchgears and control devices.
Complete supplementary equipment set with LOGO! 8 TP EduTrainer Compact TP/LOGO!

Soft Comfort included in order 8049517

6 1x Brief instructions for LOGO!, de/en/es/fr 8049519
7 1x LOGO! 8 TP EduTrainer Compact TP 8040886
8 1x LOGO! Soft Comfort, de/en/es/fr 8040050
9 1x Ethernet cable 567280
Prerequisite:
Equipment set TP 601 – Basic Level ➔ Pages 92 – 93
Necessary accessories, also order: For additional controllers suit-

Hydraulic power pack ➔ Pages 148 – 149 able for your requirements see:
Power supply unit for mounting frame ➔ Page 155 ➔ www.festo-didactic.com
4 mm Safety laboratory cables ➔ Page 155 Keyword “EduTrainer Compact”
Equipment set TP 602 – Advanced Level

Electrohydraulics for advanced students
The new advanced level Training content –– Using memory to implement an Hydraulics plus!
emergency operation Delivered in practical, Systainer-com-
The training package TP 602 builds Power packs and components: –– Implementing control systems with patible equipment trays. The trays fit
directly on the material covered in –– Design and mode of operation of the operating modes single cycle into the drawers in Learnline work-
basic principles package TP 601 add- different proximity sensors and continuous cycle stations. The new components, with
ing more in-depth projects. –– Function and possible applications –– Querying time in electrohydraulic added training value and relevant
of a time relay with switch-on and control systems project tasks, form the basis for
It provides students with advanced switch-off delay –– Getting to know and using further advanced training in fundamental
knowledge about the basic physi- –– Design and use of an electrical logical connections principles.
cal principles of electrical engineer- predetermining counter –– Designing and arranging pressure
ing and electrohydraulics, as well sequence control
as how electrohydraulic and control Learning objectives for hydraulic –– Knowing safety-related conditions
technology components function and circuits: that could be needed for a drive
are used. –– Selecting proximity sensors accord- –– Designing and arranging safety
ing to the technical control require- functions with a predefined motion
In order to carry out the projects, ments sequence for a control system
users require the components and –– Expanding electrohydraulic control –– Implementing control systems with
the necessary accessories from TP systems and adjusting the docu- the operating modes inching and
601. mentation aligning
–– Designing and arranging path- and –– Systematically identifying and
The number and version of the com- pressure-dependent sequence eliminating errors in complex
ponents are specifically adapted to controls electrohydraulic control systems
the projects in the workbook. This –– Identifying signal overlaps in a –– Creating sequence control as a
makes it possible to achieve many sequence control and taking the displacement-step diagram
important training objectives at lit- appropriate action –– Representing procedure descrip-
tle cost. –– Designing and arranging sequence tions with GRAFCET
control as a standing sequencer


4 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
6 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB −> T) 544348
8 1x Emergency stop pushbutton, electrical 183347
11 1x Pressure relief valve, compensated 567237
7 8 9
Aluminum profile plate ➔ Page 39 10 11

Electrohydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced Level
Workbook
TP 602 diagrams
With CD-ROM

de 550144
...
24 V
12
K1
8
14
11
12
K6
9
14
11
12
K4
10
14
11
12
K7
11
14
11
12
K3
12
14
11
12
K8
13
14
11
22
K2
14
24
21
12
K9
15
14
11
22
K1
16
24
21
22
K10
17
24
21
...
en 551153
es 551154
12 14
K2
11
12 14
K5
11
12 14 22 24 22 24 22 24 22 24
K10 K6 K7 K8 K9
fr 551155
11 21 21 21 21
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
K6 K7 K8 K9 K10
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
... ...
0V
1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1– 1A1–
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551153 en

The basic practical circuits in FluidSIM®
electrohydraulics are presented in –– Measuring and controlling with
12 exercises. In order to carry out FluidLab®
the exercises, students require the –– WBT Hydraulics
equipment set of TP 601 Electro- –– WBT Electrohydraulics
hydraulics, Basic Level and Advanced –– Textbook: Basic principles of
Level TP 602. Hydraulics and Electrohydraulics
Electrohydraulics – Basic level – TP 601 America

Supplementary equipment set TP 501 A – TP 601 A
The Lab-Volt Hydraulics Electrical Next step: Hydraulics energy supply Training aims – TP 601 America
Control successor our additions – your choice A variety of hydraulic power packs Introduction to Electrohydraulics
A variety of possibilities can be add- are available. –– Familiarization with the Equipment
The Lab-Volt Fluid Power System has ed according to your educational –– Electrical Concepts
been re-engineered and transferred needs. For basic hydraulic education work- –– Basic Electricity
to Festo Didactic’s Training Packages stations, a small hydraulic power –– Ladder Diagrams and Logic
series. Supplementary equipment sets: pack with a single, constant-dis- Operators
TP 610 – Measurement and control placement pump is recommend- –– Basic Electrohydraulic Circuits
TP 601 America is an extension to TP 810 – Diagnostic System for Mea- ed. For double-sided workstation Sequence Systems
TP 501 America and a comprehensive surement, Visualization, and Analysis arrangements, two power packs are –– Limit switches
introduction to electrohydraulics. required to power each workplace –– Pressure Switches
Mobile Hydraulics Training Packages individually. –– Electrical Counters and Continuous
Equipment set TP 501 America is a addressing the needs of future pro- Reciprocation
prerequisite to use TP 601 America. fessionals dealing with vehicles e. g. For double-sided workstations cover- –– Multi-Pressure Systems
from the construction, mining, and ing basic and advanced hydraulics, –– Time-Delay Relays
The electrical symbols in the course- agriculture industries: a hydraulic power pack with two Hydraulic Motors and Industrial
ware and on the modules are drawn TP 801 – Mobile Hydraulics/Working constant-displacement pumps and Applications
according to NEMA standards. The Hydraulics I a higher flow rate is recommended. –– Hydraulic Motors
design and simulation software TP 802 – Hydrostatic steering system The power pack can be fitted with a –– Optical proximity sensors
FluidSIM® provides all required TP 803 – Working Hydraulics II wheel set to make it mobile beside –– Flow Divider Valves
NEMA symbols in easy-to-access (Load-Sensing) the workstation. –– Deceleration of Cylinders
component libraries. In addition, –– Industrial Drilling Systems
all circuits in the courseware proce- The hydraulic power pack combining –– Garbage Compactor Circuit
dures are available in FluidSIM® for a load sensing controller and a vari- Troubleshooting
reference. able and constant displacement –– Troubleshooting Electrical Control
pump is required only for TP 803 – Circuits
Working Hydraulics II (Load-Sensing) –– Troubleshooting Electrohydraulic
but can be used also for the basics Systems
by using the constant pump.

Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 A – TP 601 A in equipment tray 8060228 1 2 3

1 1x Flow dividing valve 544340
3 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, bypass mid-position (P −> T) 544349
12 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345 7 8 9

1x 4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue, and black 571806
Workstation ➔ Pages 39
1x Power supply unit for mounting frame (NEMA 5-15 plug) 162411
Only required when upgrading to TP 610
13 14 15
1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347

hydraulic and electrical diagrams,
Courseware TP 601 America thorough analysis, troubleshooting
exercises, and comprehensive theory
Electrohydraulics coverage provide the ideal prepara-
Basic Level
tion for the real-life industrial envi-
Instructor Guide
TP 601 America ronment.

Germany
en 793158
Festo Didactic SE
Rechbergstr. 3
73770 Denkendorf
Tel.: +49 711 3467-0
Fax: +49 711 347-54-88500
did@festo.com
United States
Festo Didactic Inc.
Instructor Guide
Eatontown, NJ 07724
Tel.: +1 732 938-2000
Toll Free: +1-800-522-8658
Fax: +1 732 774-8573
Canada
675, rue du Carbone
Tel.: +1 418 849-1000
Hydraulics Basic Level
Toll Free: +1-800-522-8658

Fax: +1 418 849-1666
Festo Didactic
en
The Campus License consists of an

Instructor Guide and a Student
Manual.

sively increase in complexity, provid-
ing an ideal introduction to electro-
hydraulics.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

Measurement and control in Hydraulics with FluidLab®-H
Fit for tomorrow? Something extra special Training content Your advantages
In order to the complete the exercis- –– Basic principles of analog pro- –– Fast, PC-supported recording of
The equipment set for TP 610 ex- es, sensors (e.g., pressure, flow and cessing measured values
pands the training content of TP 501 position) are connected to the in- –– Using and adjusting sensors –– Greater training success through
and TP 601 to include the topic of puts, and control signals are trans- –– Interpreting measurement results measurement of components and
hydraulics measurement and con- mitted to the EasyPort USB outputs. –– Reading and understanding techni- interpretation of results
trol. The material covered ranges The FluidLab®-H software included in cal data and measurement curves –– Sensors that enable students “to
from recording simple characteristic the scope of delivery interprets and –– Getting to know fluid engineering look into” the circuit and compo-
curves of individual hydraulic valves visualizes the signals. Analog val- components and their influence nents
through to the basic principles of ues are displayed as measurement and function –– Suppositions regarding system
cylinder control. In addition, aware- curves. –– Demonstrating fluid engineering behavior can be easily proven
ness is raised in a clear and striking effects and special features –– Learning the principles of measure-
manner about the effective use of Each exercise includes notes on its –– Analytical fault finding ment and analysis and applying
hydraulic energy, e.g. with resistance implementation, with positional –– Hydraulic energy them directly in other circuits
experiments. sketches and block circuit diagrams. –– Evaluating changes of state –– Demonstrate and understand the
Students are guided step-by-step –– Proportional technology principles of fluid engineering
New features of FluidLab®-H include through the experiments. Measured –– Control technology with position, faster
the measurement experiments for results are then interpreted and com- sequence and pressure control –– System analysis via a PC: State-of-
proportional technology with record- pared with sample solutions, and the-art diagnostic method
ing characteristic curves, and appli- questions are asked to check stu- –– Better understanding of fluid engi-
cations such as pressure stages and dents’ understanding. neering components and processes
rapid traverse feed circuits, as well and thus better training outcomes
as control technology with position,
sequence and pressure control.
Exercises for the measurement and

analysis of system and control be-
havior point to a future in which
diagnostics, preventative mainte-
nance, and saving energy are becom-
ing more and more important.

Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

5 1x EasyPort USB 548687 4 5 6
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB −> T) 544348
8 2x Pressure sensor 525964
10 1x Resistance hose line with quick release couplings, 1000 mm 549858
11 1x FluidLab-H Single license, de/en 573286
12 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322 7 8 9
The exercises for proportional and control hydraulics also require:

Proportional amplifier 162255
Displacement encoder for cylinder, 200 mm stroke 167090
Mounting kit for cylinders 544371
4/3-way proportional valve 167086
Proportional pressure relief valve 544351 10 11 12
Pressure filter 548609
Optionally, the regulating valve can be used instead of the proportional amplifier with the
proportional valves for the control technology exercises.
4/3-way regulating valve 567269
Includes FluidLab®-H System requirements

measurement software –– PC with Windows 7/8/10
The FluidLab®-H software is an im- –– Pentium® III or equivalently
portant component of the training –– 2 GB RAM
package TP 610. Just a few simple –– CD-ROM disk drive
steps are needed to configure the –– USB 2.0 or serial interface
interface, adapt the sensors, and –– 1280 x 1024 pixels
select the language (de/en). Then –– NI LabView 2012 Runtime
the exercises can begin, which are (included in scope of delivery)
divided into the areas of basic ex-
periments, cylinder controls, pro- To carry out the exercises, students
portional technology and control require the components and ap-
engineering. Connection diagrams, propriate accessories from training
descriptions, and sample solutions packages 501 and 601.
support students during the exer-
cises. The software also controls the
measurement sequence. Diagrams
can be dimensioned and printed out
using the cursors. The software also
includes the complete book of exer-
cises, with sample solutions, in PDF
format.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Proportional hydraulics

Basic proportional hydraulics training
Proportional hydraulics, Basic Level Training content Measurements and calculations: Hydraulic circuits:
–– Determining characteristic curves –– Controlling pressure and speed
Proportional valves are continuous Components: and characteristics of valves and –– Reading and creating hydraulic
valves that, thanks to proportion- –– Design and function of different equipment and electric circuit diagrams
al magnets, not only permit simple proportional valves –– Measuring parameters such as –– Creating a function diagram
switching positions, but also enable –– Characteristic curves and charac- pressure, volumetric flow, and time –– Designing and commissioning
a continuous transition in the valve teristics of proportional valves –– Calculating the flow for proportion- control systems, including fault
opening. –– Design and function of amplifiers al directional control valves finding
and setpoint specification –– Calculating speeds for double- –– Basic circuits for proportional
These valves are specifically used in –– Getting to know the characteristics acting cylinders with varying load hydraulics, such as pressure stage
hydraulics where variable volumetric of the 1 and 2-channel amplifier –– Calculating the natural frequency circuit, rapid traverse feed circuit,
flows (proportional directional con- –– Completely setting the 1-channel of a cylinder drive pump bypass, approaching posi-
trol valve or proportional throttle) amplifier –– Calculating times for acceleration tions, controlled acceleration and
are needed together with load com- –– Setting the basic current, step and braking braking, logically connecting set-
pensation (proportional flow control current, and maximum current point values, load-independent
valve) or variable pressures (pro- –– Getting to know the characteristics speeds
portional pressure-relief valve). The of the 4/3-way proportional valve –– Getting to know the pressure stage
equipment set provides information and the proportional pressure- control system
about proportional valves, how they relief valve –– Braking a cylinder feed
function, and how they are activat- –– Deriving the settings for the –– Reversing a hydraulic motor
ed using proportional amplifiers and 2 channel amplifier –– Setting process-dependent
a setpoint value card. The set can be –– Setting ramps pressure stages
used to design, set, and commission –– Deriving the ramp settings from –– Externally and logically intercon-
simple proportional control systems. the function diagram necting setpoint values
–– Approaching a position with
braking
–– Creating a load-independent
feed speed


2 1x Proportional amplifier 162255
3 1x Setpoint value card 162256
5 2x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643 4 5 6
6 1x 4/3-way proportional valve 544350
8 1x Proportional pressure relief valve 544351
9 1x Pressure filter 548609
10 1x Pressure balance (proportional flow control valve) 159351
12 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover 572746 7 8 9
13 1x Hydraulic motor 152858
18 1x Weight, 9 kg, for cylinder 152972
10 11 12
Measuring case 177468
Pressure relief unit 152971
13 14 15

16 17 18
Proportional hydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Basic level
Workbook
TP 701
diagrams
With CD-ROM

de 94457
en 94472
es 94404
fr 94352
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
094472 en

Ten exercises provide an introduction FluidSIM®
to the equipment and circuits for pro- –– Measuring and controlling with
portional hydraulics. Individual items FluidLab®
of equipment are presented and their –– WBT Hydraulics
settings are tested. The progressive- –– WBT Electrohydraulics
ly complex exercises then provide a –– WBT Open- and closed-loop control
complete solution. –– Textbook: Proportional hydraulics,
Basic level

Advanced proportional hydraulics training
Proportional hydraulics, Training content Hydraulic circuits: –– Setting precise switch-off positions
Advanced Level –– Controlling pressure, speed, –– Implementing drive acceleration
Components: acceleration, delay, and position with a proportional pressure-relief
The training package TP 702 builds –– Determining characteristics curves –– Reading and creating proportion- valve
directly on the material covered in and characteristics of different al hydraulic and electric circuit –– Implementing oscillating move-
package TP 701, Basic Level, and sensors diagrams ments for a cylinder with a propor-
adds nine additional more in-depth –– Coordinating electrical and hydrau- –– Reading motion diagrams tional hydraulic control system
and real-life case studies. lic equipment –– Designing and commissioning –– Implementing the specified speed
–– Creating characteristic curves for proportional hydraulic control profile by means of an additional
The package includes the following displacement, pressure, and tem- systems, including fault finding bypass circuit and slow retraction
steps: perature sensors –– Adjusting and coordinating as per to the end positions
–– Understanding the task using a the specified procedure description –– Implementing a travel process with
positional sketch, diagram and Measurements and calculations: –– Using basic circuits for propor- a 2/2-way proportional valve and a
problem description –– Measuring and processing tional hydraulics such as: speed, proportional pressure-relief valve
–– Designing the hydraulic circuit parameters such as displacement, rotational speed, stage, acceler-
diagram time, pressure, and temperature ation, braking, and differential
–– Determining the necessary signal –– Further signal processing of ana- circuits, as well as positioning
transmitters log signals –– Implementing specific displace-
–– Compiling the sequence table ment-time and positioning pro-
–– Designing the electric signal grams
control system
–– Structuring and commissioning
the proportional hydraulic control
system
–– Settings and evaluating the result


1 1x Setpoint value card 162256
2 1x Comparator 162257
5 3x Relay, three-fold 162241 4 5 6/7
13 1x Displacement encoder for cylinder, 200 mm stroke 167090

Measuring case 177468
14

Proportional hydraulics
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 702 de 94458
en 94473
With CD-ROM
es 94450
Supplementary media
FluidSIM®
–– Measuring and controlling with
Festo Didactic
FluidLab®
–– WBT Hydraulics
094473 en
–– WBT Electrohydraulics
Nine exercises illustrate the most –– WBT Open- and closed-loop control
important circuits and equipment in –– Textbook: Proportional hydraulics,
proportional hydraulics. To carry out Basic level
the exercises, the equipment sets –– Hydraulics poster set
for proportional hydraulics TP 701
(Basic Level) and TP 702 (Advanced
Level) are required.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop hydraulics

Basic closed-loop hydraulics training
Closed-loop hydraulics, Basic Level Training content –– Transition function of a P controller –– Status controllers
–– Control performance of a pressure –– Selecting the controller structure
Hydraulic closed-loop control circuits Position control circuits: control circuit with P controller –– Disturbance reaction and control
are normally operated with continu- –– Characteristic curve of a –– Transition functions of I and PI con- factor
ous valves. A control valve with inte- displacement sensor trollers –– Designing control circuits
grated electronics, linear character- –– Flow rate characteristics –– Transition functions of D, PD and –– Hydraulic, mechanical and electri-
istic curve (volumetric flow to control of a c ontinuous directional PID controllers cal controllers
piston position), and zero overlap control valve –– Empirical parameterization of a PID –– Analog and digital controllers
makes commissioning easy and pro- –– Linear unit as a controlled system controller –– Selection criteria for controllers
vides good results in the closed-loop for position control –– Parameterizing using the
control circuit. –– Designing and commissioning a Ziegler-Nichols method Valves and measuring systems:
position control circuit –– Changed controlled system with –– Designation, circuit symbols and
–– Lag errors in the position control disturbances function of continuous directional
circuit control valves
–– Position control with a changed Controllers in hydraulics: –– Stationary characteristics and
controlled system –– Controlled systems with and dynamic behavior of continuous
–– Commissioning a position control without compensation directional control valves
circuit with disturbances –– Low-delay hydraulic controlled –– Function, design, and mode of op-
–– Characteristics and transition systems eration of a pressure regulating
functions of a status controller –– First, second, and third order valve
–– Parameterizing a status controller hydraulic controlled systems –– Pressure control with a directional
–– Classifying controlled systems control valve
Pressure control circuits: according to their step response –– Mode of operation and interface of
–– Characteristic curve of a pressure –– Operating point and controller a measuring system
sensor amplification
–– Controlled system for pressure –– Discontinuous controllers
control –– Block diagrams for discontinuous
–– Characteristics of a PID control- and continuous controllers
ler board –– P, I, D, PI, PD and PID controllers

Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop hydraulics

1 1x PID controller 162254
2 1x Status controller 162253
3 2x Pressure sensor 525964
7 1x Pressure filter 548609
12 1x 4/3-way regulating valve 567269 7 8 9
13 1x Linear drive 8028726
14 2x Weight, 5 kg, for linear drive 34065

1x Pressure relief unit 152971
1x Function generator 152918
3x Cable BNC – 4 mm 152919
1x Cable BNC – BNC 158357
1x T-connector BNC 159298
13 14
Digital storage oscilloscope ➔ Page 154
Hydraulic power pack q > 3.5 l/min ➔ Pages 148 – 149
Also order: ioning cylinders for linear drives

(order no. 152295), three additional
Workbook tubing lines with quick connection
coupling and a shut-off valve (order
Closed-Loop Hydraulics no. 152844) are required. These are
not included in the scope of delivery.
Workbook
TP 511

–– Sample solutions, training notes
With CD-ROM

de 94460
en 94469
es 94368
Festo Didactic
fr 94348
094469 en
The 20 exercises in this book are Supplementary media

used to introduce the fundamentals –– FluidSIM®
of analog closed-loop hydraulics: –– FluidLab®
pressure and position control with –– WBT Hydraulics
PID controllers, and position control –– WBT Electrohydraulics
with status controllers. For extra task –– WBT Open- and closed-loop control
number 21, which deals with posi- –– Textbook: Proportional hydraulics,
tion control with disturbance vari- Basic level
ables and an active load, the cush- –– Hydraulics poster set
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB hydraulics
BIBB hydraulics equipment sets

Suitable for BIBB hydraulics course, lessons A – Z
BIBB hydraulics equipment set – basic equipment set BIBB hydraulics equipment set – electro-hydraulics extension set
Matches BIBB hydraulics instruction course, exercises A-Z Required for the BIBB hydraulics instruction course, exercises A-Z
Training content When combined with the BIBB basic equipment set (order no. 8025069), the
The 21 exercises in the BIBB hydraulics course teach the fundamentals of hy- electro-hydraulics extension set covers all the devices required to complete the
draulic control engineering. Topics covered: hydraulic power pack, directional BIBB hydraulics instruction course tasks A – Z.
control valves and drives, shut-off and flow control valves, pressure regulators
and pressure switches, hydraulic reservoirs, application switches, hoisting a Electro-hydraulics equipment set extension 8025073
load, Grätz switches, neutral circulation of the pump delivery, commissioning,
and maintenance. The most important components at a glance:
1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346
Basic equipment set in the equipment tray 8025069 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347
1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, bypass mid-position (P −> T) 544349
The most important components at a glance: 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB −> T) 544348
1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover 572746 2x Relay, three-fold 162241
1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
1x 2-way flow control valve 544338 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243
1x Flow control valve 152842 1x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643
1x One-way flow control valve 152843
4x T-distributor 152847
1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
1x Weight, 9 kg, for cylinder 152972 BIBB hydraulics equipment set – hand lever valve extension set
1x Pressure switch, electronic 548612 Optional for the BIBB hydraulics instruction course, exercises without
1x Flow sensor 567191 electro-hydraulics
2x Hydraulic motor 152858
1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 8025067 When combined with the BIBB basic equipment set (order no. 8025069), the
1x Pressure relief valve 544335 hand lever valve extension set covers all the devices required to complete the
1x Non-return valve, delockable 544339 BIBB hydraulics instruction course, except for the electro-hydraulics section of
1x Shut-off valve 152844 the course.
2x Non-return valve, 0.05 MPa opening pressure 548617
2x Non-return valve, 0.6 MPa opening pressure 548618 Hand lever valve extension set 8025072
2x Pressure gauge 152841
2x 4-way distributor with pressure gauge 159395 The most important components at a glance:
1x 4/2-way hand lever valve, spring return 544342
Necessary accessories, also order: 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, closed mid-position, detenting 544343
6x Hose line with quick release couplings, 600 mm 152960 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, bypass mid-position (P −> T), detenting 544345
4x Hose line with quick release couplings, 1000 mm 152970 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, relieving mid-position (AB −> T), detenting 544344
Digital multimeter 8040005 Recommended training media
Aluminum profile plate ➔ Page 39 –– WBT Hydraulics
Hydraulic power pack ➔ Pages 148 – 149 –– Design and simulation program FluidSIM® Hydraulics
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ www.festo-didactic.com Also order:
BIBB hydraulics instruction course
(on request)
Possible combinations (only available when ordered as combination)

–– Basic equipment set and electro-hydraulics equipment set extension
(Order no. 8025069 and order no. 8025073)
–– Basic equipment set and hand lever valve equipment set extension
(Order no. 8025069 and order no. 8025072)
–– Basic equipment set and hand lever valve equipment set extension and
electro-hydraulics equipment set extension
(Order no. 8025069 and order no. 8025072 and order no. 8025073)

Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Mobile hydraulics
Equipment set TP 800 – Mobile hydraulics

From basic principles to mobile machine
Mobile hydraulics from

Festo Didactic
Mobile hydraulics has a range of

specific features compared to con-
ventional industrial hydraulics. These
are normally taught directly on a
vehicle. But what if the components
or the vehicle are not accessible or
the entire system is too complex for
teaching purposes?
Simplified Equipment sets:

In contrast to a vehicle, with a learn-
ing system each hydraulic subsys- Working hydraulics – Working hydraulics – Hydrostatic steering system
tem can be separately and individ- Basic level Advanced level The working hydraulics can also be
ually constructed and examined. At the basic level, flow control with Here, the focus is on load sensing extended with a steering system.
And measured values can be record- directional valves with different mid systems with variable displacement This teaches the construction and
ed almost everywhere for improved positions are compared in terms of pump. This includes the construc- functioning of a hydrostatic steering
understanding. their energy usage. This is done us- tion, operation, and adjustment of a system, with typical shock and suc-
ing a cylinder load simulator which, variable displacement pump with a tion valves and double-rod cylinders.
Accessible depending on the design, is capable load sensing controller and mobile or
While in a vehicle there is usually of simulating a wide variety of differ- control block. The energy usage with The influence and effect of loads on
little room and access is restricted to ent load situations. flow control, open center load sens- the steering cylinder are investigat-
qualified personnel, the elements of ing, and closed center load sensing ed. Combinations of working hydrau-
a learning system are manageable, In addition, the topics of holding and with a variable displacement pump lics and a steering system based on
easy to identify and fault-tolerant. lowering the load and two 6/3 way can then be compared. different priorities can also easily be
valves for actuation of two drives are set up. This illustrates the effect of
Clean discussed using the series, parallel, Remote control and hydraulic p ilot steering activity on the downstream
Work on a vehicle usually means and tandem circuits. control of mobile blocks can also be working hydraulics.
dealing with dirt and unpleasant discussed and developed. In addi-
weather. A learning system is clean As a transition to the Working hy- tion, the effects of upstream and
and ergonomic. draulics – Advanced level, a simple downstream pressure balances can
load sensing controller with constant be tested.
With the mobile hydraulics equip- pump is implemented.
ment set, Festo Didactic closes the
gap between the basic principles of
hydraulics and hydraulic systems on
a vehicle.
For an ideal introduction to mobile

hydraulics, a hydraulic power unit is
available, with variable displacement
pump and load sensing controller
and a constant displacement pump.
This enables both basic and ad-
vanced levels to be taught and load
simulations to be carried out with
just one power unit.

Mobile hydraulics – Working hydraulics 1
Mobile hydraulics from Complexity clarified Fully compatible TP 801 – training content
Festo Didactic The new training packages for With uniform interfaces and a mod- Many vehicles and applications make
mobile hydraulics take components ular structure, it is possible to put use of constant displacement pumps
Mobile hydraulics has a range of which often appear in vehicles as together even quite complex, entire which continue to p rovide volu-
specific features compared to con- highly integrated, functional mod- systems. All mobile hydraulics ele- metric flow even when no h ydraulic
ventional industrial hydraulics. Train- ules and present them as separate, ments are compatible with the cur- power is required. In TP 801, the
ing content is therefore usually ex- individual elements with unique rent Festo Didactic equipment sets energy u sage of different systems
plained and demonstrated directly symbols and clear terminal identifi- for hydraulics fundamentals, electro- – also when under load – is com-
on the vehicle. cation codes. hydraulics, proportional, and closed- pared and assessed. Systems with
loop hydraulics. multiple consuming devices are set
But what if the hydraulic compo- The teaching principle behind this is up, connected in parallel, tandem,
nents being explained or the vehicle that of guiding students step-by-step However, it is the double pump and series, and examined in terms
are not accessible or the system is from a simple component to a com- power unit with a pressure-limited of characteristics, such as priority,
too complex for teaching purposes? plex, complete picture, with practi- constant displacement pump, and flow rate distribution, and pressure
cal demonstrations. The universal variable displacement pump with dependency.
Festo Didactic’s new training sys- compatibility of the single elements load sensing control, which forms
tem closes the gap between the allows them to be used for other the basis for the perfect training sta- The training also looks into the
basic principles of hydraulics and the function units, making this equip- tion and workstation. It also allows basics of holding the load with pop-
hydraulic systems on a vehicle. ment set highly flexible. assembly of the load sensing system pet valves and lowering the load with
with TP 803. counter pressure and a counterbal-
ancing valve.
Alternatively, it is possible to use a
hydraulic power unit with a constant
displacement pump and a volumetric
flow rate of about 4 l/min for TP 801
and TP 802.


1 1x Counterbalance valve 572149
2 1x Pressure compensator for open center load sensing 572123
3 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337
5 1x Flow control valve 152842 4 5 6
6 1x Non-return valve, 0.6 MPa opening pressure 548618
7 1x Shuttle valve 572122
8 1x Double non-return valve, delockable 572151
10 2x 6/3-way proportional hand lever valve 572141
11 1x Loading unit/cylinder load simulator 572145
12 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859 7 8 9
13 2x Hydraulic motor 152858
Necessary accessories, also order: 10 11

The equipment tray The media on offer for TP 801

The training package is supplied with –– Workbook for mobile hydraulics
an equipment tray, which also fits in TP 800 12 13 14
the drawers of the workstations. A –– Diagnostic system TP 810
fixed drawer unit for mobile hydrau- with FluidLab®-M
lics with two drawers is recommend- –– Designing and simulating
ed for particularly large components. with FluidSIM®
–– WBT Hydraulics
–– Hydraulics poster set 15 16 17
Fixed drawer unit for mobile hydraulics

(2 drawers)
Order no. 574153
Wheeled drawer unit for mobile hydraulics

(2 drawers)
Order no. 574152
Supplementary equipment set

Mobile hydraulics
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 – TP 801 in equipment tray 574160
Mobile hydraulics, Working hydraulics 1 TP 801
The supplementary equipment set extends TP 501 (order no. 573035) to form 1x Counterbalance valve 572149
TP 801. The necessary accessories from TP 801 are required in order to carry 1x Pressure compensator for open center load sensing 572123
out the exercises. Supplements are available on request for other/older equip- 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337
ment sets. 1x Pressure relief valve 544335
1x Flow control valve 152842
For training content, see Equipment set, Mobile hydraulics, Working hydraulics 1 1x Shuttle valve 572122
TP 801. 1x Double non-return valve, delockable 572151
2x 6/3-way proportional hand lever valve 572141
1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
1x Loading unit/cylinder load simulator 572145
1x Hydraulic motor 152858
2x T-distributor 152847
2x Pressure switch, electronic 548612
1x Flow sensor 567191

Hydraulics training packages > Workbook > Mobile hydraulics
Mobile hydraulics TP 800

Workbook
Mobile Hydraulics
Workbook
TP 800
R T
With CD-ROM
L P
R T
C (X1) D (X2) A B
B A
B A L P
LS
P2
T T
P
T
C
T1
B A
D P LS
T T
LS2
LS1
C
D
P
P1 P
LS
LS2
LS1
T2 T2
Festo Didactic
574166 en
The workbook contains 21 project Exercise section TP 801 Exercise section TP 802 Exercise section TP 803
exercises designed for equipment Working hydraulics 1 Hydrostatic steering system Working hydraulics 2
sets TP 801, TP 802 and TP 803 to- This training section, made up of This training section, made up of This training section, made up of
gether with the corresponding exer- nine project exercises, is designed five project exercises, is designed for seven project exercises, is designed
cise sheets and sample solutions. for the equipment set TP 801. the equipment set TP 802. for the equipment set TP 803.
It thus provides a comprehensive
course companion, conveying the Each project exercise begins by pre- During all project exercises, trainees The content builds on the training
essential knowledge and basic prin- senting the training objectives. Next, set up a circuit as per the instruc- content of TP 801, Working hydrau-
ciples of the hydraulic systems of the vehicle or application under dis- tions and the relevant circuit dia- lics 1 and expands it to include the
mobile machines. cussion is presented. Parameters are gram, and carry out measurements complex topic of systems with a vari-
provided to ensure a uniform starting and calculations. Each project exer- able displacement pump with load
The workbook contains: point, and the project goal ensures a cise ends with a series of questions sensing control. However, the com-
–– Basic information structured approach. to test trainees’ understanding. The plexity is kept to a manageable lev-
–– Exercise sections comprising proj- measurements, calculations, and an- el because the project exercises are
ect exercises, and sample solutions Energy usage swers can then be compared with the progressive, each building on the
for TP 801, TP 802 and TP 803 –– Of flow control sample solutions and discussed. one before.
–– Training notes –– Of open center load sensing
–– Multimedia CD-ROM with supple- –– Of a proportional valve (supply) Basic principles of hydrostatic Load-sensing systems
mentary media –– Of a proportional valve (supply and steering –– Design and function of a control
–– Worksheets for students discharge) with and without open –– Structure of a steering system with block
center load sensing through-rod cylinders –– Control block with closed center
The basic level contains the follow- –– Of a proportional valve with pump –– Structure of a steering system with load sensing
ing topics: bypass with and without loaded two differential cylinders –– Control block with two loads
–– Definition of terms and basic cylinder –– Displacement of the steering valve –– Flow rate limitation on the c ontrol
principles of hydraulics –– Emergency steering characteristics block
–– Closed hydraulic circuit Holding load, lowering load of the steering valve –– Pilot control of a control block
–– Load-sensing systems and –– Holding load (piloted non-return –– Loads and overloads in the steer- –– Dependencies of load and flow
variable displacement pumps valves) ing system –– Functioning of an upstream
–– Flow divider –– Lowering load (counter pressure) –– Torque dependency of the steer- pressure balance
–– Mobile control blocks –– Lowering load (counterbalancing ing valve –– Pressure compensation for
–– 6/3-way proportional valves valve) –– Priorities of the steering system load sensing
and valve configurations and secondary loads –– Characteristics of upstream
–– Pressure balances Circuits with multiple loads pressure balances when there
–– Holding and lowering loads –– Features of parallel connection is more than one load
–– Hydraulic pilot control (joystick) –– Features of tandem connection –– Characteristics of downstream
–– Priority valves –– Features of series connection pressure balances when there is
–– Steering systems more than one load
L. Unan, U. Schedel, C. Löffler

Edition 2013, 540 pages, colour, in folder.

de 574165
en 574166

Mobile hydraulics – Hydrostatic steering system
Hydrostatic steering system For multiple use Safety first! TP 802 – training content
As with all Festo Didactic training Safety in the use of our training TP 802 promotes the practical test-
Hydrostatic steering is an essential packages, including mobile hydrau- system is top priority. Many mobile ing and technical measurement of
subsystem in many mobile machines lics, all components are designed to hydraulics elements are not de- the structure and method of oper-
and is especially well-suited to man- be used as parts of a single, com- signed to be pressure resistant. ation of a hydrostatic steering sys-
aging high steering forces. patible system. This means that This is why our oil return ports use tem, comprising a steering valve,
many parts at basic level can also be an open coupling system. Students anti-shock and anti-cavitation valves,
The number and design of the com- used for experiments at advanced should nonetheless be made fully steering cylinder(s), constant-dis-
ponents are specifically adapted to levels. Long-term maintenance of aware of safety matters. Making sure placement pump, and (if needed)
the projects in the workbook. This the interfaces is also an important connections are correct will minimize secondary loads.
ensures a maximum return on the part of the design, whether mechan- impact on resources and the envi-
training with minimum effort. ical with Quick-Fix, hydraulic with ronment. The basics include the structure
low-leakage couplings, or electrical of different steering systems with
with safety plug technology. through-rod and differential cylin-
ders, and determining the displace-
Components and accessories from ment and the torque dependencies
the equipment set TP 801 are of the steering unit. In addition,
required to carry out the projects. emergency steering characteristics
are explored and tested. An overload
is applied to the system, its behav-
ior is analyzed and anti-shock valves
are set accordingly. The steering
system’s priority over a secondary
load also forms part of this training
package.


1 1x Steering unit (Orbitrol) 572146
2 1x Shock and anti-cavitation valve 572148
3 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, relieving mid-position (AB −> T), detenting 544344
4 1x Tubing line for unpressurized return 573024
5 1x 4-way return header, unpressurized 573026 4 5

The media on offer for TP 802 The workstation system

–– Workbook for Learnline has a modular design and
mobile hydraulics TP 800 offers an almost unlimited range
–– Diagnostic system TP 810 of configuration possibilities for
with FluidLab®-M the Learnline workstation, such as
–– Designing and simulating the table extension for P
C-assisted
with FluidSIM® measurement with TP 810 and
–– WBT Hydraulics FluidLab®.
–– Hydraulics poster set Learnline has a profile surface ar-
ea of 1400 x 700 mm per side – lots
of room for large components and
complex circuits.
Quality isn’t compromised, as its

construction and functionality are
the very best. The torsionally rigid
design and the high-quality coating
rte!
spo
spo tran
rt!
de
ng!
tos
tran
heru
efec
du
rtsic
séc para
é
n !
urit
ionalock
funcionspo
adaas, spo Tran
la
ptésno rtat
r
pou
e
t ruedtrankein
son las sind
no
s g len
ne en are
pas
uro stinllrol
seg coatste
Los Fes
s
Les d
Die
frein
Fixe
on the work surface and frame guar-

antee a long service life despite high
loads. Learnline can handle the hard
daily lesson routine, as well as a
vibrational load during the hydraulic
position control.
rte!
spo
spo tran
rt!
de
ng!
tos
tran
heru
efec
du
rtsic
séc para
é
n !
urit
ionalock
funcionspo
adaas, spo Tran
la
ptésno rtat
r
pou
e
t ruedtrankein
son las sind
no
s g len
ne en are
pas
uro stinllrol
seg coatste
Los Fes
s
Les d
Die
frein
Fixe

Mobile hydraulics – Working hydraulics 2
Working hydraulics 2 System behavior under load TP 803 – Working hydraulics The content:
In practical applications, the chal- advanced level training content –– Design, mode of operation, and
The challenge for the efficient lenge is to handle continuously The advanced level focuses on the setting of a variable displacement
operation of machines is how to changing large loads reliably and load-sensing system with variable pump with load sensing controller
handle frequently changing loads efficiently. To reflect this challenge displacement pump, control block, and control block.
and fluctuating speeds during the properly in the training system, we pilot control, and up to two loads. –– Comparing and assessing the ener-
operation cycle. have developed a cylinder load simu- gy usage of flow control, open cen-
lator which allows an extremely wide Components and accessories from ter load sensing and closed center
Constant displacement pump sys- range of load types, even with the the equipment sets TP 801 and load sensing with a variable dis-
tems generally have a very poor TP 801 set. TP 802 are required to carry out the placement pump.
degree of efficiency in such cases, projects. –– Remote control and hydraulic pilot
as they are always designed for the An active or passive hydraulic coun- control of control blocks.
highest, most likely pressure and teracting force is applied to a combi- –– Characteristics of load sensing
flow rate. nation of two differential or through- systems with upstream and down-
rod cylinders. stream pressure balances (flow
Load-sensing systems are different. distribution independent of load
Both the pressure and the flow rate By doing away with large work- pressures).
are adapted to the actual needs. ing loads and integrating an over-
This requires a variable displace- load safeguard, the cylinder load
ment pump with a load-sensing (LS) simulator is not just highly flexible,
controller, as well as valves with the but also safe to use and extremely
right type of control paths for load manageable.
feedback to the pump controller.

Complete equipment set TP 803 in equipment tray 574163 1 2

1 1x Pilot valves (Joystick), 2x2-channel 572147
2 1x Mobile valve block, Load sensing 572144
3 1x Pressure compensator, upstream (pre) 573023
4 2x Pressure compensator, downstream (post) 572741
7 1x Tubing line for unpressuriZed return 573024

6 7
The hydraulic power unit The media on offer for TP 803

The power unit used for the mobile –– Workbook for
hydraulics training packages is a mobile hydraulics TP 800
variable and constant displacement –– Diagnostic system TP 810
pump combination. The constant with FluidLab®-M
displacement pump is ideal both for –– Designing and simulating
the basic principles of hydraulics and with FluidSIM®
electrohydraulics and for the m obile –– WBT Hydraulics
hydraulics sets TP 801 and TP 802. –– WBT Electrohydraulics
With TP 803, the focus shifts to the –– Hydraulics poster set
variable displacement pump with LS
controller, with the function of the
constant-displacement pump now
being applied to active hydraulic
loads on the cylinder load simulator.

Diagnostic system FluidLab®-M:
Measurement – Visualization – Analysis
A greater understanding of The new FluidLab-M® Reproducible measurement Visualization and analysis
diagnostic systems Do you want the measuring system processes Two display modes are available for
for your fluid power circuits, pro- Simply start the measurement and measured-data data acquisition.
System diagnostics, condition mon- cesses, or systems to be simple but record digital and analog input and One displays up to two Y-axes over
itoring, and energy efficiency are high quality? To start with, any num- output signals. During the measure- time (X-axis). For example, chang-
becoming more important all the ber of sensors with voltage output ment, you can set and reset the digi- es in pressure and flow rate over the
time. and connected to a PC via EasyPort, tal outputs manually and control the course of a cycle can be recorded.
can be adapted to the measure- analogue outputs. A reproducible, The other is an XY graph to record
A fluid power system can only be ment software in a few simple steps. controlled measurement process is e.g., a flow control or pump char-
optimally set if measurements are Your sensor settings, designations, important if you want to be able to acteristic; in other words, pressure
taken at the correct points. The cor- and ranges of values are stored and compare series of measurements. over flow rate. The measured values
rect conclusions must then be drawn immediately ready to use next time. This is a particularly strong point of can be saved and superimposed over
from the measurement data. Howev- FluidLab-M® can record up to four FluidLab®-M. The measurement pro- other records within the software,
er, with dynamic system conditions, analog and digital inputs simulta- cess can be programmed and saved or compared and analyzed. There
measuring techniques such as the neously. directly in a text editor using a sim- are two measuring cursor and zoom
use of a pressure gauge are pushed ple programming code. For example, and detail functions available for the
to their limits. That is why perma- delay times, jump or repeat com- purpose of analysis. Alternatively, a
nent measured data acquisition mands, and periodic analog output spreadsheet program such as Micro-
with visualization of measurement signals can all be programmed. soft Excel can be used to open and
curves is necessary. Servicing and work with the measured values.
maintenance personnel then have
access to crucial information for the
tasks at hand and settings r equired.
FluidLab®-M is the universal mea-
suring tool for all pneumatic and
hydraulic training packages.


1 1x EasyPort USB 548687
5 1x Quick-Fix screw adapter 549806 4 5 6
7 1x FluidLab-M Single license, de/en 573029
System requirements The media on offer for TP 810

–– PC with Windows 7/8/10 –– Workbook for
–– Pentium® III or equivalently mobile hydraulics TP 800
–– 2 GB RAM –– Designing and simulating
–– CD-ROM disk drive with FluidSIM®
–– USB 2.0 or serial interface –– WBT Hydraulics
–– 1280 x 1024 pixels –– WBT Electrohydraulics
–– NI LabView 2012 Runtime –– Hydraulics poster set
(included in scope of delivery)
Measurements can be carried out

with any sensor with voltage output
and 4 mm safety plug. Sensors are
not included in scope of delivery.
Components
120 www.festo-didactic.com
Pneumatics Components............................................................................122
Directional control valves............................................................................122

Paths and pressure valves...........................................................................124
Power and shut-off valves...........................................................................125
Control valves.............................................................................................126
Drives/actuators.........................................................................................128
Hosing, distributing....................................................................................131
Sensors/Measuring technology..................................................................132
Accessories and optional components........................................................134
Additional components...............................................................................135
Hydraulics Components.............................................................................136
Directional control valves............................................................................136

Pressure valves...........................................................................................138
Power/Lock valves......................................................................................140
Drives..........................................................................................................142
Accessories and optional components........................................................144
Power packs................................................................................................148
Additional Components..............................................................................150
Measurement and control electronics.........................................................150

Electrical power supply...............................................................................155
Organizers...................................................................................................156
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Directional control valves
Pneumatics
Directional control valves
1 6 1/2/3/4/5 Directional control 6/7/8 Directional control valves,

valves, manually operated mechanically operated
Poppet valve – directly actuated, with Seat valve, one-sided, indirectly
spring return, quick action push/pull operated, with return spring.
connector for plastic tubing PUN-4 –– Actuating force at 600 kPa
x 0.75 for inside/outside calibrated (6 bar) 1.8 N
tubes. Quick and secure click-on –– Quick action mounting system
system for the profile plates Quick-Fix
–– Working pressure: at 600 kPa
(6 bar) 6 N 6 3/2-way roller lever valve with
2 7 –– Nominal flow rate: 1(P) – 2 (A) idle return, normally closed
60 l/min The roller lever valve with idle return
–– Safety and quick mounting system is actuated when the roller lever is
traversed by the cam of a cylinder in
1 3/2-way-panel mounted with a certain direction. After release of
Pushbutton Actuator, normally the roller lever, the valve is returned
closed to its initial position by a return
–– Actuation: Pushbutton spring. When traversed in the reverse
–– Pressure range: -95 – 800 kPa direction, the roller lever has an idle
(-0.95 – 8 bar) return and the valve is not actuated.
Order no. 152860 –– Pressure range: 0 – 800 kPa
3 8
(0 – 8 bar)
2 3/2-way-panel mounted valve –– Standard nominal flow rate:
with Pushbutton Actuator, normally 1(P) – 2(A) 80 l/min
open Order no. 152867
–– Actuation: Pushbutton
–– Pressure range: -95 – 800 kPa 7/8 3/2-way roller lever valve,
(-0.95 – 8 bar) normally closed
Order no. 152861 The roller lever valve is actuated
when the roller lever is pressed, for
3 5/2-way panel mounted valve example, by the cam of a cylinder.
4 with Selector Switch After release of the roller lever, the
–– Actuation: Selector switch valve is returned to its initial position
–– Pressure range: 0 – 800 kPa by a return spring.
(0 – 8 bar) –– Pressure range: 350 – 800 kPa
Order no. 152862 (3.5 – 8 bar)
–– Nominal flow rate: 1 (P) – 2 (A)
4 3/2-way panel Mounted Valve 120 l/min
with Selector Switch, normally Order no. 152866
closed
–– Actuation: Selector switch 8 3/2-way roller lever valve,
5 –– Pressure range: 0 – 800 kPa normally open
(0 – 8 bar) Order no. 162267
Order no. 152863
5 3/2-way panel mounted valve

with lockable mushroom actuator,
red, normally open
Poppet valve, directly actuated in
one direction, with spring return. The
valve is actuated when the red mush-
room actuator is pressed. Once the
actuator is released, the switching
status is retained. Turning the mush-
room actuator clockwise will return
it to its basic setting again, with the
valve set to normal position by the
return spring.
–– Actuation: Mushroom actuator
–– Pressure range: 0 – 800 kPa
(0 – 8 bar)
Order no. 152864
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Directional control valves
Pneumatics
1/2/3/4/5/6 Directional control 7/8/9/10/11 Directional control 1 7

valves, pneumatically actuated valves, electromagnetically
Directly actuated, mono- and operated
bistable piston valve with mechani- Pilot actuated, single solenoid piston
cal spring return. spool valve with pneumatic spring
–– Quick push-in fitting for plastic tub- return, non-detenting and detenting
ing PUN-4 x 0.75 or for internally or manual override, and LED.
externally calibrated tubing types –– Electrical connection via integrated
–– Symbol, port identification, and 4 mm safety sockets
connection position to DIN ISO –– 24 V DC power supply 2 8
1219 –– Pneumatic connection via QS-4
–– Pilot pressure: 150 – 1,000 kPa push-in fitting
(1.5 – 10 bar) –– Quick action mounting system
–– Operating pressure: Quick-Fix
-90 – 1,000 kPa (-0.9 – 10 bar)
–– Suitable for vacuum and reverse 7 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with
operation LED, normally closed
–– Quick action mounting system –– Switching time on/off 6/16 ms
Quick-Fix –– Operating pressure: 150 – 800 kPa
9
(1.5 – 8 bar) 3
1 3/2-way valve, pneumatically Order no. 567198
actuated on one side
Order no. 576302 8 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with
LED, normally open
2 5/2-way pneumatic valve, –– Switching time on/off 6/16 ms
pneumatically actuated, one side –– Operating pressure: 150 – 800 kPa
Order no. 576307 (1.5 – 8 bar)
Order no. 2326587
3 5/2-way double pilot valve,
pneumatically actuated on 9 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 4 10
both sides –– Switching time on/off 7/19 ms
Order no. 576303 –– Operating pressure: 250 – 800 kPa
(2.5 – 8 bar)
4 5/3-way valve, Order no. 567199
mid-position pressurized
Order no. 576305 10 5/2-way double solenoid valve
with LED
5 5/3-way valve, –– Response time 7 ms
mid-position exhausted –– Operating pressure: 150 – 800 kPa
Order no. 576306 (1.5 – 8 bar)
Order no. 567200 5 11
6 5/3-way valve,
mid-position closed 11 5/3-way double solenoid valve,
Order no. 576304 mid position closed
–– Response time 7 ms
–– Operating pressure: 150 – 800 kPa
(1.5 – 8 bar)
Order no. 567201
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Directional control and pressure valves
Pneumatics
Directional control and pressure valves
1 4 1 Electromagnetically actuated 4 Pressure regulator with

3/2-way fast-switching solenoid pressure gauge
valve Control valve with pressure gauge,
Normally closed single-solenoid pop- adjustable by lockable rotary knob,
pet valve with mechanical spring and precision quick connector for plastic
non-detenting manual override. tubing PUN-4 x 0.75 or for internally
– Electrical connection with 4 mm or externally calibrated tubing types.
safety plug –– Standard nominal flow rate:
– Power supply: 24 V DC 110 l/min
– Pneumatic connection with push-in –– Max. input pressure: 1,000 kPa
fitting QS-6 (10 bar)
2 5 – Switching time on/off 2.3/2.8 ms –– Control pressure: 50 – 700 kPa
– Max. switching frequency: 280 Hz (0.5 – 7 bar)
– Operating pressure: -90 – 800 kPa –– Safety and quick mounting system
(-0.9 – 8 bar) Order no. 539756
– Safety and quick mounting system
Order no. 544312 5 Proportional pressure regulator
Proportional pressure regulator with
2 Valve terminal with 4 valve slices connecting cable with safety plugs
(MMJJ) for installation on profile plates. The
Valve manifold type MPA with two regulator supplies pressure (0.15 –
3 5/2-way solenoid valves and two 6 bar) proportional to the input volt-
5/2-way double solenoid valves. The age (0 – 10 V).
solenoid coils are connected to pow- –– Supply voltage:
er with safety plugs that are labelled 21.6 – 26.4 V/3.6 W
with the coil index. –– Residual ripple: 10%
–– Switching status indicator: LED –– Electrical setpoint value: 0 – 10 V
–– Operating pressure: -0.9 – 10 bar –– Inlet pressure 7 – 8 bar
–– Pilot pressure: 3 – 8 bar –– Pressure regulation range:
–– Standard nominal flow rate: 0.15 – 6 bar
360 l/min –– Flow rate: 600 l/min
–– Nominal operating voltage: –– Safety and quick mounting system
24 V DC Order no. 539779
–– Safety and quick mounting system
Order no. 540696
3 5/3-way proportional valve

The proportional, directional con-
trol valve converts an analog elec-
trical input signal into correspond-
ing opening cross sections at the
outputs.
–– Operating medium: filtered,
unlubricated compressed air
(5 µm filtration grade)
–– Nominal/maximum pressure:
600/1,000 kPa (6/10 bar)
–– Max. nominal flow rate: 700 l/min
–– Operating voltage: 24 V DC
–– Analog setpoint voltage:
0 – 10 V DC
–– Power consumption: 2 W
(piston in mid-position)
–– Power consumption: 20 W (max.)
–– Max. hysteresis: 0.4%
–– Cut-off frequency: 100 Hz
–– Safety and quick mounting system
Order no. 167078
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Power and shut-off valves
Pneumatics
Power and shut-off valves
1 Flow control valve 7 Second one-way flow control 1 7

–– Standard nominal flow rate: valve
85 l/min For controlling the flow rate. Flow
–– QS-4 connection control screws for continuous flow
Order no. 193972 rate adjustment in either flow direc-
tion. In the reverse direction, the air
2 Non-return valve flows through a full cross-section
–– Standard nominal flow rate: check valve.
136 l/min – Push-in fitting via QS-4 pneumatic 2
–– QS-4 connection connection 8
Order no. 153462 – Standard nominal flow rate in
flow control/non-return direction:
3 Non-return valve, delockable 90/70 l/min
As long as a pilot signal is applied to Order no. 548634
the non-return valve, compressed air 3
should flow to and from the cylinder. 8 Quick-exhaust Valve
When the pilot signal is cancelled, Quick-exhaust valve with built-in si-
the non-return valve should shut lencer. 9
off the cylinder exhaust air, there- –– Design: Poppet valve
by stopping the cylinder motion. The –– Nominal flow rate: 1 – 2: 300 l/min
valve should be suitable for use for –– Nominal flow rate: 2 – 3: 390 l/min
positioning and braking functions. Order no. 539772
–– Operating pressure: 0.5 – 10 bar 4
–– Standard nominal flow rate:
108 l/min 9 Pneumatic resistance, long
Order no. 540715 The component acts as pneumatic
resistance. Due to the small diameter
4/5/6 One-way flow control valve and long length of the tubing, the
The one-way flow control valve is a two key features of pneumatic tubing
combination of a flow control valve and how they affect the flow rate and
and a nonreturn valve. The cross-sec- system behavior can be examined.
tion of the restrictor can be set by –– Tubing outside diameter: 2 mm 5
means of a knurled screw. –– Tubing length: 12 m
–– Design: One-way flow control valve –– Pneumatic connection with QS-4 10
–– Pressure range: 20 – 1000 kPa push-in fitting
(0.2 – 10 bar) –– Quick-action mounting system
–– Nominal flow rate in flow Quick-Fix
control direction: 0 – 85 l/min Order no. 4646991
in open direction: 100 – 110 l/min
Order no. 193967
10 Pneumatic resistance, short 6
5 One-way flow control valve The component acts as p neumatic
–– Safety and quick mounting system resistance. Due to the small tub-
Order no. 560159 ing diameter, the effects on the flow
rate and system behavior can be
6 One-way flow control valve examined.
–– Safety and quick mounting system –– Tubing outside diameter: 2 mm
Order no. 152881 –– Tubing length: 10 cm
–– Pneumatic connection with QS-4
push-in fitting
Order no. 4809992
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Control valves
Pneumatics
Control Valves
1 4 1 Dual-pressure valve (AND) 4 Pneumatic timer, normally open

The dual-pressure valve is switched Pneumatic timer (time delay valve).
through to the output by applying In the normal position, port 1 is
compressed air to both of the inputs switched through to port 2. The
(AND function). pneumatic timer is started by a
–– Design: AND gate (dual-pressure pneumatic signal at the control port.
valve ) It is actuated at the end of a set time
–– Pressure range: 100 – 1000 kPa delay and reset via spring return to
(1 – 10 bar) the initial position after the signal
2 –– Nominal flow rate: 1, 1/3 – 2: has been removed. The time delay is
550 l/min infinitely adjustable between 2 and
Order no. 539770 30 sec. via an adjusting knob.
Order no. 539759
5 2 Shuttle valve (OR)
The shuttle valve is switched 5 Pneumatic preset counter
through to the output by applying The pneumatic preset counter counts
compressed air to one of the inputs pneumatic signals, decrementing
(OR function). from a preset number. When zero is
–– Design: OR gate (shuttle valve) reached, the counter emits a pneu-
3 –– Pressure range: 100 – 1000 kPa matic output signal.
(1 – 10 bar) –– Design: Mechanical counter with
–– Nominal flow rate: 1, 1/3 – 2: pneumatic drive
500 l/min –– Display: 5-digit, character size
Order no. 539771 4.5 mm
–– Reset: Manual pushbutton or
3 Pneumatic timer, normally closed pneumatic signal
Pneumatic timer (time delay valve). –– Pressure range: 200 – 800 kPa
The timer switches input pressure (2 – 8 bar)
applied to port 1 through to port 2 –– Minimal pulse duration Drive:
after a preset time delay has expired. 10 ms
6 The time delay is infinitely adjustable –– Minimal pulse duration Reset:
between 2 and 30 sec. via an adjust- 180 ms
ing knob. –– Continuous counting frequency:
Order no. 540694 2 Hz
Order no. 152877
6 Pressure sequence valve

The pressure of the control signal
can be set by means of the pressure
setting screw (infinitely variable).
–– Design: Poppet valve with return
spring
–– Operating pressure range:
180 – 800 kPa (1.8 – 8 bar)
–– Control pressure range:
100 – 800 kPa (1 – 8 bar)
–– Nominal flow rate: 1 – 2: 100 l/min
–– Quick action mounting system
Quick-Fix
Order no. 152884
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Control valves/vacuum technology
Pneumatics
Control valves/vacuum technology
1 Back pressure valve 3/4/5 Vacuum generator 1 3/4/5

The back pressure valve with plunger –– Operating pressure: 1 – 8 bar
control is actuated by the face of the –– Nominal diameter of laval nozzle
cylinder cam. The supply pressure 0.45 mm
can be regulated by means of a one- –– QS-4 connections
way flow control valve. –– With silencer, plug-in
–– Supply pressure range: 0 – 800 kPa –– Quick action mounting system
(0 – 8 bar) Quick-Fix
–– Closing force at 600 kPa (6 bar):
12.5 N 3 Vacuum generator, type H 2
Order no. 152868 –– Nominal operating pressure:
4.5 bar
2 Stepper module –– Max. suction rate with respect to
–– Design: Poppet valve with atmosphere 6.2 l/min
integrated AND and OR gates –– Maximum vacuum 88%
–– Nominal flow rate: P – A: 60 l/min Order no. 573258
–– Pressure range: 200 – 800 kPa
(2 – 8 bar) 4 Vacuum generator, type L
–– Nominal operating pressure: 6 bar
2 Stepper module –– Max. suction rate with respect to
Comprising three TAA modules and atmosphere 15.7 l/min
one TAB module. Order no. 573259
Order no. 152886
5 Vacuum generator, type M
Stepper module, expansion –– Nominal operating pressure: 6 bar
The stepper controller is obtained –– Max. suction rate with respect to
from the series connection of four atmosphere 6.1 l/min
type TAA basic modules. This mod- –– Maximum vacuum 86%
ule comprises a memory (5/2-way Order no. 548628
double pilot valve) with display and
manual override as well as an AND
and OR gate.
Order no. 152885
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Drives/actuators
Pneumatics
Drives/actuators
1 6 1 Single-acting cylinder 6 Double-acting profile cylinder

Single-acting cylinder with control Double-acting compact cylinder with
cams. trip cam. The cylinder piston is fitted
–– Operating pressure: with a permanent magnet, the mag-
Maximum 1000 kPa (10 bar) netic field of which is used to actuate
–– Stroke length: Maximum 50 mm proximity sensors. There are slots on
–– Thrust at 600 kPa (6 bar): 150 N three of the sides for mounting the
–– Spring return force minimal: 13.5 N proximity sensors. Integrated cush-
2 Order no. 152887 ioning rings absorb the residual en-
ergy in the end positions.
7 2/3 Double-acting cylinder –– Operating pressure:
Double-acting cylinder with control Maximum 1000 kPa (10 bar)
cams. End-position cushioning with –– Piston diameter: 20 mm
two adjusting screws. A permanent –– Theoretical thrust at 600 kPa
magnet is mounted on the cylinder (6 bar): 188 N
piston. Its magnetic field can trigger –– Theoretical return force at 600 kPa
a proximity switch. (6 bar): 141 N
–– Operating pressure: Order no. 549832
3 Maximum 1000 kPa (10 bar)
–– Stroke length: Maximum 100 mm 7 Weight, 2 kg, for cylinder
–– Thrust at 600 kPa (6 bar): 165 N With plain-bearing guide and mount-
–– Return thrust at 600 kPa (6 bar): ing material for attaching to cylinder
8 140 N with M8 thread.
Order no. 152888 Order no. 572778
8 Driving/tractive load
3 Double-acting cylinder, Demonstration of a tractive or driving
smooth running load. Consisting of a double-acting
4 Order no. 4809915 cylinder, a weight of 55 N and two
restrictors. Mounting on the profile
4/5 Cover for cylinder plate is by means of two hammer-
Reduces the risk of injury. With a head nuts.
guide for easy positioning of limit –– Operating medium: dried air,
switches and proximity sensors. Also lubricated or unlubricated
suitable for a cylinder with mount- –– Operating pressure:
ing kit. For cylinders with more than 100 – 1000 kPa (1 – 10 bar)
200 mm stroke, use two covers. For –– Cushioning length: 17 mm
all differential and steady-speed –– Theoretical force at 6 bar (return):
5 cylinders. For differential cylinders 158.3 N
25/18/200 the adapter (order no. –– Theoretical force at 6 bar
573272) will also be needed. (advance): 188.5 N
–– Quick-action mounting system –– Mode of operation: double-acting
Quick-Fix –– Impact energy in the end p ositions:
Order no. 556290 0.2 J
9 Order no. 152889
5 Cover for cylinder
Suitable for cylinders order no. 9 Stop, 35 mm adjustment path
152887, 152888 and 549832 with Facilitates adjustable end position
weight order no. 572778, and cylin- of piston rod with (fixed) stop within
der order no. 152857 without weight. stroke range of cylinder.
The position of the cover can be –– Load max. N 190 (at 6 bar)
sensed, for example using electric –– Quick action mounting system
limit switches order no. 183322 and Quick-Fix
183345. Order no. 548630
Order no. 572777
Pneumatics
Drives/actuators
1 Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 180° 1 6

Semi-rotary drive with rotating plate 6 Air bearing
for attaching weights (order no. The Air Bearing consists of a disk
548581) in order to simulate loads. with an inlet duct leading to an un-
–– Freely adjustable swivel angle of derneath cavity. When pressurized
0 to 180° air is applied, friction-free movement
–– Freely selectable setup position of on a thin film of air is possible.
0 to 90° –– Pneumatic connection with QS-4
–– Three adapters for attaching prox- push-in fitting 7
imity sensors (order no. 548589) Order no. 4809899
–– Flexible cushioning at both ends
–– Pneumatic connection with QS-4 7/8/9/10/11/12/13
push-in fitting Suction gripper
–– Operating pressure: 200 – 800 kPa –– With suction cup holder and handle
(2 – 8 bar) –– Connection QS-4 or QS-6
–– Quick action mounting system 2
Quick-Fix 7 20 CS with vacuum security valve 8
Order no. 544313 –– Diameter: 20 mm
–– Bellows structure: 3.5 x
2 Weight, 175 g –– Suction cup material: VMQ
Set of two weights (2 x 175 g) for the Order no. 573047 3
quarter turn actuator.
Order no. 548581 8 Suction gripper 20 SN
–– Diameter: 20 mm 9
3 Fluidic muscle, size 10 –– Suction cup material: NBR
With mounting accessories for Order no. 573043
adaptation to two double-acting
cylinders: 9 Suction gripper 20 SS
Order no. 544311 –– Diameter: 20 mm
–– Suction cup material: VMQ 10
4 Optical display (red) Order no. 573045
The pneumatically-operated, optical 4
display is actuated if the pressure in 10 Suction gripper 30 SN
the line is greater than 150 kPa –– Diameter: 30 mm
(1.5 bar). Suitable for monitoring and –– Suction cup material: NBR
display of operational status. Order no. 573044
–– Design: Reflection principle 11
–– Display color: Red 11 Suction gripper 30 SS
–– Pressure range: 150 – 800 kPa –– Diameter: 30 mm
(1.5 – 8 bar) –– Suction cup material: VMQ
–– Quick action mounting system Order no. 573046
Quick-Fix
Order no. 152893 12 Suction gripper 4x20 ON 5
–– Oval suction cup design, 4 x 20 mm 12
–– Suction cup material: NBR
5 Compressed air motor Order no. 573257
The motor converts pneumatic ener-
gy into mechanical, rotational energy 13 Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter
and can be operated both clockwise –– 360° rotatable, detenting every 15°
and anti-clockwise. –– Gripper diameter: 10 mm 13
–– Operating pressure: 300 – 600 kPa –– Breakaway force at 70% vacuum
(3 – 6 bar) 4.5 N
–– Nominal rotary speed: 975 RPM –– Quick action mounting system
–– Flywheel Quick-Fix
–– Increments for optical sensor: Order no. 560158
1/rev and 12/rev
–– Pneumatic connection with QS-4
push-in fitting
–– Quick-action mounting system
Quick-Fix
Order no. 4645172
Pneumatics
Drives/actuators
1 3 1 Linear drive, pneumatic, Mounting accessories for

with guide and accessories position encoder
Rodless linear drive with guide. Order no. 8065079
–– Space-saving, rodless linear drive
with recirculating ball bearing guide Connecting cable for
–– Double-acting cylinder; compressed linear potentiometer
air produces forward and return Order no. 376177
4 stroke
–– The point of force delivery is pro- 3 Ruler
tected against rotation around the Ruler, with millimeter scale printed
2 longitudinal axis of the drive on both sides, with two knurled
–– Adjustable, end position cushioning screws. Used to measure position of
at both end positions the guides of the linear drive (order
–– The piston is fitted with a perma- no. 192501).
5 nent magnet whose magnetic field –– Total length: 580 mm
can be sensed via suitable proximity –– Scale length: 450 mm
switches. This permits contactless –– 2 knurled screws
sensing of intermediate and end Order no. 525927
positions of the drive
4 Weight, 5 kg, for linear drive
6 –– Cushioning type: pneumatic buffer- Weight for mounting on the linear
ing, adjustable drives (order no. 8028726 and order
–– Cushioning length: 18 mm no. 167089), to be used as addition-
–– Protection against torsion: guide al load.
–– Stroke length: 450 mm Order no. 34065
–– Overall length: 650 mm
–– Pressure range: 200 – 800 kPa Adapter for Y-axis or weight
(2 – 8 bar) Adapter for mounting the applied
–– Connection type: thread G 1/8” load on the pneumatic linear drive
–– Effective force (theoretical) at unit.
600 kPa (6 bar): 295 N Order no. 167032
–– Air consumption at 6 bar:
0.03 l/stroke 5 Shock absorber
–– Including connection and assembly Self-setting, hydraulic shock absorb-
7 material er for smooth deceleration. Suitable
Order no. 192501 for a pneumatic linear drive (order
no. 192501). When ordering sepa-
2 Position encoder rately, please also order shock-ab-
(Position measuring system) sorber bracket (order no. 152908).
Analog displacement encoder for –– Stroke:12 mm
pneumatic linear drive unit (order no. –– Impact speed: Maximum 3 m/s
192501) for determining the current Order no. 34572
actual position. When ordering sin-
gle units, please also order mounting 6 Linear drive, size 18,
accessories (order no. 178441). The 170 mm stroke
connection cable (order no. 376177) Stroke with plain-bearing guide,
is required for use in TP 111. elastic cushioning rings, and s afety
–– Measuring stroke: 450 mm guard
–– Output signal at cable output Order no. 548641
of Connection cable (order no.
376177): 0 – 10 V 7 Weight, 2 kg
For linear drive (order no. 548641)
Slide potentiometer without connect- Order no. 548582
ing rod, which delivers an output volt-
age proportional to the wiper setting.
–– Operating voltage: 13 – 30 V
–– Eff. electrical displacement: 457 mm
–– Output voltage: 0 – 10 V
–– Adjustment speed: ≤10 m/s
–– Adjustment acceleration: ≤200 m/s²
Order no. 152628
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Hosing, distributing
Pneumatics
Hosing, distributing
1 On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 Air pressure reservoir 1

5 µm 3 Lockable on-off valve with The air reservoir with latching
Filter regulator valve with pressure filter regulator system can be mounted on a profile
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in Filter regulator with pressure gauge plate. The accumulator is equipped
connectors, and quick coupling plug, and on-off valve mounted on a swivel with pneumatic push-in fittings at
mounted on a swivel support. The support. The on-off valve pressurizes both ends.
filter with water separator removes and exhausts the connected
dirt, pipe sinter, rust, and condensed pressure zone. The lockable on-off Functions:
water. The pressure regulator main- valve reliably prevents unauthorized –– Generating static pressures using a
tains the supply air pressure at the activation. one-way flow control valve
set operating pressure and compen- –– Design: lockable on-off valve, filter –– Generating long time delays in
sates pressure fluctuations. The filter regulator with pressure gauge connection with time-delay and
bowl has a condensate drain valve. –– Standard nominal flow rate: flow control valves 2
750 l/min –– Compensation of pressure
The on-off valve pressurizes and –– Operating pressure: fluctuations
vents the entire control system. The 100 – 1000 kPa (1 – 10 bar) –– Use as an accumulator if the
3/2-way valve is actuated by a rota- –– Grade of filtration: 40 µm pressure suddenly drops
ry button. –– Connection: G 1/8, QS-6, for plastic –– Generating a controlled system
tubing PUN 6 x 1 with a first-order delay (PT1)
–– Design: Piston regulator valve with Order no. 4795290
sintered filter and water trap Technical data:
–– Standard nominal flow rate: 4 Plastic tubing –– Operating medium: filtered,
1600 l/min Very flexible and pressure secure. lubricated or unlubricated
–– Input pressure: 4 x 0.75 silver 10 m 151496 compressed air
max. 1600 kPa (16 bar) 3 x 0.5 silver 5 m 197118 –– Pressure range: 0 – 600 kPa 3
–– Working pressure: 6 x 1 silver 5 m 152963 (0 – 16 bar)
max. 1200 kPa (12 bar) Minimum order quantity/packaging unit –– Connection:
–– Grade of filtration: 5 µm quantity: 50 m Both sides QSL-1/8-4 for plastic
–– Condensate quantity: 43 cm3 4 x 0.75 silver 152584 hose PUN 4 x 0.75
–– Connector: G 1/8, QS-6 for plastic 4 x 0.75 blue 159662 –– Quick action mounting system
tubing PUN 6 x 1 4 x 0.75 black 159663 Quick-Fix
Order no. 526337 4 x 0.75 red 178410
4 x 0.75 yellow 178417 5 Air pressure reservoir, 0.4 l
2 Start-up valve with 4 x 0.75 green 178424 –– Volume: 400 ml
filter control valve Order no. 152912
Filter control valve with Pressure
gauge and Start-up valve mounted Air pressure reservoir, 0.1 l
on adapter with ajustable angle. The –– Volume: 100 ml
Start-up valve pressures/exhausts Order no. 573281 4
the connected pressure zone.
–– Design: sintered filter with water 6 Manifold
separator and piston regulator Manifold with eight self-closing
–– Standard flow: 120 l/min non-return valves. A common man-
–– Pressure regulation range: ifold (QS-6 for plastic tubing PUN
50 – 700 kPa (0,5 – 7 bar) 6 x 1) allows supply of compressed
–– Grade of filtration: 40 µm air to the control via eight individu- 5
–– Fitting: G 1/8, QS-6, for Plastic al ports (QS-4 for plastic tubing PUN
tubing PUN 6 x 1 4 x 0.75).
Order no. 540691 –– Connector: G 1/8
Order no. 152896
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Sensors/Measuring technology
Pneumatics
Sensors/Measuring technology
1 1 Pressure gauge 4 Proximity sensor, electronic, 6 Pressure sensor, analog

The pressure gauge shows the with cylinder mounting The analog pressure sensor is a
pressure in pneumatic control Magneto-resistive proximity sensor, piezo-resistive relative pressure
circuits. magnetically operated transducer with integrated amplifier
–– Design: Bourdon tube pressure –– Connection via 4 mm safety and built-in temperature compensa-
gauge sockets tion in an aluminum housing.
–– Display range: 0 – 1000 kPa –– Switching output N/O contact –– Measured variable:
(0 – 10 bar) (PNP) with switching status indi- relative pressure
2 –– Quality class: 1.6 cation –– Measurement method:
–– Quick action mounting system –– Overload and short-circuit proof, piezo-resistive pressure sensor
Quick-Fix with reverse polarity protection –– Pressure measuring range:
Order no. 152865 –– Operating voltage: 5 – 30 V DC 0 – 1000 kPa (0 – 10 bar)
–– Output current: max. 100 mA –– Max. pressure: 1400 kPa (14 bar)
2 Vacuum gauge –– Switching time (on/off ) max. 1 ms –– Supply voltage: 12 – 30 V DC
–– Adjustable red/green range –– Mounting system for cylinder –– Analog output: 0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA
–– Indicating range/operating pres- diameter 20 mm, 2x T-slot for –– Total error: ±1% of end value
sure: -1 – 0 bar simultaneous mounting of one –– Operating medium: filtered
3 –– Quick action mounting system pneumatic and one electronic compressed air, grade of filtration
Quick-Fix proximity sensor 40 µm
Order no. 573042 Order no. 2344752 –– Electrical connection:
4 mm safety sockets
3 Pressure sensor with display 5 Proximity sensor, pneumatic, –– Maximum frequency: 100 Hz
Piezo-resistive relative pressure sen- with cylinder attachment –– Electrical protection: short-circuit
sor with LCD display, freely program- 3/2-way valve, normally closed, proof, protected against reverse
mable switching function, adjustable magnetically actuated polarity
hysteresis, and analog output for di- –– Precision quick plug connector for –– Quick action mounting system
4 rect measured data acquisition. plastic tubing PUN-4 x 0.75 or for Quick-Fix
–– 360° rotatable, detenting every 15° tubing types with standard inner or
–– Power supply: 15 – 30 V DC outer diameter The sensor will also supply a signal
–– Switching output: PNP –– Pressure range: 200 – 800 kPa at pressures of < 0 bar. Linearity and
–– Analog output: 0 – 10 V DC (2 – 8 bar) proportionality cannot be guaran-
–– Pneumatic connection via QS-4 –– Switching time (on/off ) teed in this case.
push-in fitting 22 ms/52 ms Order no. 167094
–– Pressure measuring range: –– Visual switching status indication
5 0 – 1000 kPa (0 – 10 bar) –– Mounting system for cylinder
–– Quick action mounting system diameter 20 mm, 2x T-slot for
Quick-Fix simultaneous mounting of one
pneumatic and one electronic
Symbols according to IEC standard proximity sensor
Symbols according to NEMA-Standard
Order no. 8062966 Cylinder mounting for pneumatic
and electronic cylinder switches
Mounting system for cylinder diame-
6 ter 20 mm, 2x T-slot 8 for simultane-
ous mounting of one pneumatic and
one electronic cylinder switch.
Order no. 2341763
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Sensors/Measuring technology
Pneumatics
1 Flow sensor, 0.5 – 50 l/min, 1 3

analog 3 Flow indicator with float,
–– Rotatable, 90° detenting pneumatic
–– M12x1 connector, 5-pin Mechanical flow indicator according
–– Cable with M12 x 1 socket and to the float principle for measuring
4 mm safety plug flow in standard liters, i.e., against
–– Switching output: 2 x PNP atmospheric pressure.
–– Analog output: 0 – 10 V –– Operating pressure: 100 – 800 kPa
–– Operating voltage range: (1 – 8 bar)
12 – 30 V DC –– Measuring range: 30 – 200 SLPM,
–– Switching element function, 1 – 7 SCFM 2
selectable –– Pneumatic connection with QS-4
–– Switching function freely push-in fitting
programmable –– Vertical positioning of the indicator
–– Flow measurement range: can be adjusted without tools via a
0.5 – 50 l/min swivel mechanism
–– Quick action mounting system –– Quick-action mounting system
Quick-Fix Quick-Fix
2 Force sensor
Force sensor for piston force mea- 4 Spring load for cylinders,
surement in the TP 210. Mounting is pneumatic
performed on a slotted profile plate The spring load is installed on the 4
using two T-head nuts. Electrical con- double-acting cylinder (order no.
nection is by means of 4 mm safe- 152888). In the forward stroke, the
ty plugs. cylinder compresses the spring. The
–– Measuring range: 0 – 1 kN stroke and force of the cylinder can
–– Supply voltage: 24 V DC be read off on the scale.
–– Output voltage: 0 – 10 V –– Measuring range:
Order no. 539780 stroke 0 – 50 mm/0 – 2 in
force 0 – 230 N/0 – 50 lbf
–– Quick-action mounting system
Quick-Fix
Order no. 4646789
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Accessories and optional components
Pneumatics
Accessories and optional components
1 1 T-connector 2 Pipe and tubing cutter 4 Compressor

(Quick Star quick push-in fitting) For plastic and Perbunan tubing withSound pressure of only 41 dBA, so
Precision barbed T connector for and without fabric reinforcement well-suited for use in classrooms.
quickly establishing branches with with outside diameters up to 20 mm. Supplies up to four stations. Com-
2 low amounts of power, for plas- Ensures a vertical, burr-free cut plete with pressure regulator, water
tic tubing, 4 mm outside diameter through positive locking of tubing in
separator, 5 m tubing 6 mm in diam-
(calibrated). the cutter. It also has a safety clip to
eter, 3 T-distributors.
–– Simply “plug and work” prevent unauthorized opening. Sup- –– Pressure: max. 400 kPa (4 bar)
–– Flexible assembly – all fittings can plied with two spare blades. –– Suction capacity: 14 l/min
be rotated 360° around the thread- Order no. 7658 –– Reservoir capacity: 2,5 l
3 ed part –– Dimensions: 310 x 150 x 370 mm
–– Absolutely safe and secure – with 3 Tubing cutter
an NBR plastic seal For optimal cutting of plastic tubing. Version: 230 V/50 Hz
–– Multiple use – thread with Order no. 255851 With IEC power cable to CEE 7/VII suitable
self-sealing PTFE coating for: DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE,
Releasing tool GR,TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
4 Minimum order quantity/packaging unit For releasing all QS connectors for Order no. 548707
quantity: 10 pieces tubing outside diameters of 3 to Version: 120 V/60 Hz
10 mm. With IEC power cable to NEMA 5-15 suit-
Type 1 Straight fitting M5 (QSM-M5-4) Order no. 158419 able for: US, CA, Central America, BR, CO,
Order no. 153304 YU, EC, KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
Type 2 Straight fitting, G1/8 (QS-G1/8-4) Silencer and sealing rings Order no. 556275
Order no. 186095 Minimum order quantity/packaging
Type 3 Elbow connector, rotatable, unit quantity: 10 pieces 5 Compressor
M5 (QSML-M5-4) Oil-lubricated, extremely quiet (45
Order no. 153333 Silencer U-M5 dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suited
Type 4 Elbow connector, rotatable, Order no. 4645 for use in classrooms. With pressure
G1/8 (QSL-G1/8-4) Sealing ring OL-M5 regulator and water separator.
Order no. 186116 Order no. 34634 –– Pressure: 800 kPa (8 bar) Pmax
Type 5 Elbow connector, 4H (QSL-4H) Silencer U-1/8 –– Performance: 50 l/min
Order no. 153056 Order no. 2307 –– Reservoir capacity: 24 l
5 Type 6 Straight fitting, self-closing, Sealing ring OL-1/8 –– Compressed air outlet: ¼” or KD4
M5 (QSK-M5-4) Order no. 33840 –– Noise level: 45 dB (A)/1 m
Order no. 153291 –– Duty cycle: max. 50 %
Type 7 Straight fitting, self-closing, –– Pressure regulator valve with
G1/8 (QSK-G1/8-4) gauge
Order no. 186294
Type 8 T-connector (QST-4) Version: 230 V/50 Hz
Order no. 153128 With IEC power socket and IEC power cable
Type 9 T-connector (QST-6) to CEE 7/VII suitable for: DE, FR, NO, SE,
Order no. 153129 FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID.
Type 10 Plug-in bulkhead connector 230V 91030
(QSMS-4) Version: 120 V/60 Hz
Order no. 153376 With IEC power socket and plug to NEMA
Type 11 Blanking plugs (QSC-4H) 5-15 suitable for: US, CA, Central America,
Order no. 153267 BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, PH, JP.
Type 12 Push-in sleeve (QSH-4) 110V 565440
Order no. 153251
Type 13 Push-in connector (QSM-6H-4) Compressor accessories
Order no. 153329 Consisting of:
–– Coupling socket
(KD3-CK-4 and KD4-1/4-A)
CEE 7/VII –– Coupling plug (KS4-CK-4)
–– Tubing (6 x 1 silver 2,5 m)
Order no. 102725
NEMA 5-15
Pneumatics Training Packages > Components > Additional components
Pneumatics
Additional components
1/2 Universal adapter 5 Multiple tubing holder strip set 1 5

The adapter enables Festo pneumat- Multiple tubing holder strip for alu-
ic components and those of other minum profile plate. Easily attach-
manufacturers to be mounted on es to the aluminum slotted profile
the aluminum profile plate. You can plate; a neat solution for up to 6
continue to use your existing com- tubes/cables per strip. Set of 10. 2
ponents and still benefit from the Order no. 544317
advantages of using the aluminum
profile plate system and the patent- 6 DIN rail set
ed Quick-Fix mounting system from Two 300 mm long DIN rails, matching
Festo Didactic. relay socket and terminal set, with
–– Plug-in, clamp, ready – no force mountings for adapter fitting to alu- 6
required minum slotted profile plate. 3
–– No worn-out sockets Order no. 548637
–– Exact positioning of components
–– Working in a third dimension 7 Cable duct set
–– Universally suitable for Festo and 1 x 150 mm, 3 x 265 mm and 1 x 500
third-party components mm cable ducts with mountings for
–– Quick action mounting system adapter fitting to aluminum slotted 4
Quick-Fix profile plate.
Order no. 548638
You can mount the components onto
the adapter yourself. It is quick, easy, 8 Accessory box 7
and reliable with slotted screws (in- The accessory box contains pneu-
cluded in scope of delivery). Avail- matic connectors and tubing acces-
able in two sizes. The adapters are sories as well as a tubing cutter and
thus universally usable for an enor- releasing tool for pneumatic con-
mous number of components with nectors.
a through hole – regardless of the Order no. 167020
manufacturer.
Not suitable for mounting of hydrau-
lic components.
3 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224
4 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225
8
3 Quick-Fix screw adapter
The Quick-Fix screw adapter makes
it possible to attach components to a
slotted profile plate.
Order no. 549806
4 Quick-Fix clamping adapter

The Quick-Fix clamping adapter
makes it possible to attach small
components on a slotted profile
plate.
Order no. 8026327
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Directional control valves
Hydraulics
1 7 1/2/3/4 Hand lever valves –– Integrated position, driver, and

–– Actuation: manual amplifier electronics
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Maximum permissible pressure:
12 MPa (120 bar) 12 MPa (120 bar) on T 5 MPa
–– Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/ (50 bar)
DIN 4401 size 02 –– Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling DIN 4401 size 03
nipples –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
2 8 –– Quick action mounting system nipples
Quick-Fix –– 24 V DC power
–– Current consumption:
1 4/2-way hand lever valve, Maximum 1.2 A
spring return –– Setpoint signal ±10 V DC
Order no. 544342 –– Electrical connection: cable with
2 4/3-way hand lever valve, 4 mm safety socket
closed mid-position, detenting –– Quick action mounting system
Order no. 544343 Quick-Fix
3 3 4/3-way hand lever valve, Order no. 567269
relieving mid-position (AB −> T),
9 detenting 7/8/9/10/11 Solenoid valves
Order no. 544344 –– Actuation: switching solenoid
4 4/3-way hand lever valve, bypass –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
mid-position (P −> T), detenting –– Maximum permissible pressure:
Order no. 544345 12 MPa (120 bar)
–– Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/
DIN 4401 size 02
4 4/3-way hand lever valve, –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
H-center position, detenting (PTAB) nipples
Order no. 8065281 –– 24 V DC power
–– 6.5 W output
10
5 2/2-way stem actuated valve, –– Electrical connection:
convertible 4 mm safety socket
–– Manual actuation, by means of the –– Quick action mounting system
guide bar of a cylinder with mount- Quick-Fix
ing kit, spring return
–– Normal position P->A, can be 7 4/2-way solenoid valve,
5 converted spring return
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) Order no. 544346
–– Maximum permissible pressure: 8 4/2-way double solenoid valve,
12 MPa (120 bar) detenting
11 –– Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/ Order no. 544352
DIN 4401 size 02 9 4/3-way solenoid valve,
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling closed mid-position
nipples Order no. 544347
–– Quick action mounting system 10 4/3-way solenoid valve,
6 Quick-Fix relieving mid-position (AB −> T)
11 4/3-way solenoid valve,
6 4/3-way regulating valve bypass mid-position (P −> T)
Directly actuated servo valve with Order no. 544349
electrical, closed-loop position
control of the control piston.
–– Zero overlap and linear characteris-
tic curve (flow rate to control p
iston
position)
–– Mid-position closed, de-energized
–– Actuation: permanent magnet,
adjustment by linear motor
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Directional control valves
Hydraulics
1 4/3-way proportional valve 4 Mobile valve block, Load sensing 1 4

This valve is used for controlling both Two proportional directional control
the direction and rate of hydraulic valves with supply pressure balance
volumetric flow. for load sensing controls (adaptation
–– Mid-position closed, de-energized of pressure and volumetric flow).
–– Actuation: proportional solenoid Suitable for pilot control device,
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) 2x2-channel (order no. 572147).
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Mid-position closed, spring-
12 MPa (120 bar) centered (“closed center”)
–– Valve port pattern, hydraulic –– Actuation: hydraulic and manual
ISO/DIN 4401 size 02 (hand lever)
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) 2
nipples –– Pilot pressure up to 3.5 MPa
–– 24 V DC power (35 bar)
–– Nominal current 800 mA –– Maximum permissible pressure:
–– Electrical connection: 12 MPa (120 bar) 5
4 mm safety socket –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
–– Quick action mounting system nipples
Quick-Fix –– Open connection fitting for
Order no. 544350 pressureless return (T)
–– Quick action mounting system 3
2 Pressure balance Quick-Fix
(proportional flow control valve) Order no. 572144
The pressure balance expands the
4/3-way proportional valve (order 5 Steering unit (Orbitrol)
no. 544350) to form a proportion- This rotary slide valve is used for
al flow control valve. This vertical hydrostatic steering. When the
stacking valve is installed between steering wheel is turned, the steer-
the sub-base and the proportional ing unit dispenses a quantity of oil
directional control valve. to the right or left which is propor-
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) tional to the turning of the steering
–– Maximum permissible pressure: wheel. The excess volumetric flow is
12 MPa (120 bar) diverted through E and can be sup-
–– Valve port pattern, hydraulic plied to another consumer (“power
ISO/DIN 4401 size 02 beyond”).
Order no. 159351 –– No load feedback (non-reaction)
–– Open center
3 6/3-way proportional hand lever (for constant-displacement pump)
valve –– Actuation: manual (steering wheel)
This valve is used for controlling both –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
the direction and rate of hydraulic –– Maximum permissible pressure:
volumetric flow rates. Serial, parallel, 12 MPa (120 bar)
and tandem circuits can be created –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
by linking several valves. nipples
–– Mid-position, spring centred, –– Open connecting plug for pressure-
P1->T1, P2T2AB blocked less return (T)
–– Actuation: manual –– Quick action mounting system
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) Quick-Fix
–– Maximum permissible pressure: Order no. 572146
12 MPa (120 bar), T2 for brief
periods only 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
nipples
Quick-Fix
Order no. 572141
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Pressure valves
Hydraulics
Pressure valves
1 1 Pressure relief valve 4 3-way pressure reducing valve 7 Counterbalance valve

The valve limits the pressure at port The valve keeps the pressure set at The valve (also called a back
P relative to the pressure at T to the port A constant, compensating for pressure valve) ensures controlled
set value. fluctuations in supply pressures and lowering speeds for drives. With
–– Adjustment: manual consumer loads. If the pressure at A rising pilot pressure on X, the setting
–– Includes non-return valve rises above the set value, a connec- value for pressure limitation falls.
–– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) tion opens from A to T. The pressure relief valve is bypassed
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Adjustment: manual by a non-return valve from T to P.
2 12 MPa (120 bar) –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) –– Adjustment: manual (with tool)
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling –– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Surface area ratio of X to P is 1:3
nipples 12 MPa (120 bar) –– Includes non-return valve
–– Quick action mounting system –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling –– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)
Quick-Fix nipples –– Maximum permissible pressure:
Order no. 544335 –– Quick-action mounting system 12 MPa (120 bar)
Quick-Fix –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
2 Pressure relief valve, Order no. 544337 nipples
3 compensated –– Quick action mounting system
The valve limits the pressure at port 5 Pressure sequence valve Quick-Fix
P relative to the pressure at T to the The valve connects P with T if the Order no. 572149
set value. Pressure on T has no effect pressure at X is larger than the sum
on this value because the spring of the spring force and the pressure
chamber of the pressure relief is in port T.
compensated. –– Adjustment: manual
–– Adjustment: manual –– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Includes non-return valve –– Maximum permissible pressure:
4 –– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) 12 MPa (120 bar)
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
12 MPa (120 bar) nipples
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling –– Quick action mounting system
nipples Quick-Fix
Quick-Fix
Order no. 567237 6 Proportional pressure relief valve
The valve is used for pressure limita-
tion. The limit pressure is adjusted
5 3 Pressure relief valve, piloted with the proportional solenoid.
The valve is capable of limiting the –– Actuation: proportional solenoid
pressure of larger volumetric flow –– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)
rates than would be possible with –– Maximum permissible pressure:
a directly actuated valve. The valve 12 MPa (120 bar)
limits pressure from port P to port –– Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/
T in accordance with the spring in DIN 4401 size 02
the primary stage and pilot pres- –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
sure at X. nipples
6 –– Adjustment: manual –– 24 V DC power
–– Hydraulically piloted –– Nominal current 800 mA
–– Pilot pressure accessible via port X –– Electrical connection:
–– Separate tank port Y for the p
ilot 4 mm safety socket
stage –– Quick action mounting system
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) Quick-Fix
–– Maximum permissible pressure: Order no. 544351
12 MPa (120 bar)
nipples
7 –– Quick action mounting system
Quick-Fix
Order no. 8025067
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Pressure valves
Hydraulics
Pressure valves
1 Pilot valves (Joystick), 4 Pressure compensator, 1 4

2x2-channel downstream (post)
Each channel has two pressure reg- The pressure compensator ensures a
ulators which control the pressure volumetric flow rate regardless of the
from P to A or B. A and B are pres- load pressure. If the total volumet-
sureless in the spring-centered neu- ric flow rate demanded by all con-
tral position. The hydraulic joysticks sumers together is more than that
are used for functions such as re- which can be supplied by the pump,
mote or pilot control of the load the individual volumetric flow rates
sensing mobile block. are reduced proportionally. The valve
–– Adjustment: manual (2x joystick) is used in load sensing applications 5
–– Operating pressure: 3.5 MPa with an LS variable displacement
(35 bar) pump (closed center).
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Adjustment: hydraulic
3.5 MPa (35 bar) –– Differential pressure:
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling 35 kPa (0.35 bar)
nipples –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Open connection fitting for –– Maximum permissible pressure:
pressureless return (T) 12 MPa (120 bar)
–– Quick action mounting system –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
Quick-Fix nipples 6
Order no. 572147 –– Quick action mounting system
Quick-Fix
2 Pressure compensator for Order no. 572741 2
Open Center Load Sensing
The valve is required for load sensing 5 Flush valve with pressure relief
applications with a fixed displace- valve
ment pump (open center). The valve is used for feeding out oil
–– Adjustment: hydraulic in a closed hydraulic circuit.
–– Differential pressure: –– Adjustment: hydraulic, with fixed
0.055 MPa (5.5 bar) setting on pressure relief valve
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Maximum permissible pressure: 3
12 MPa (120 bar) 12 MPa (120 bar)
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
nipples nipples
–– Quick action mounting system –– Quick action mounting system
Quick-Fix Quick-Fix
3 Pressure compensator, upstream 6 Shock and anti-cavitation valve

(pre) The valve manifold has two pressure
This pressure compensator ensures relief valves (shock valves) to dissi-
a volumetric flow rate regardless of pate pressure peaks away to T and
the load pressure. two replenishing valves to ensure
–– Adjustment: hydraulic supply to the consumer line even
–– Differential pressure: in the event of low pressure, e.g.,
0.055 MPa (5.5 bar) during load changes.
–– Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) –– Adjustment: manual
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
12 MPa (120 bar) –– Maximum permissible pressure:
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling 12 MPa (120 bar)
nipples –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
–– Quick action mounting system nipples
Quick-Fix –– Quick action mounting system
Order no. 573023 Quick-Fix
Order no. 572148
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Power/Lock valves
Hydraulics
Power/Lock Valves
1 1 Flow control valve 4 Shut-off valve

The valve is used to influence the The valve can be closed by turning
volumetric flow rate through an the lever. This presses a ball onto
adjustable throttle point, in both the seal on the non-pressurized side,
directions. sealing off the flow without any leak-
–– Actuation: manual age.
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) –– Actuation: manual
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
nipples/quick coupling socket –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
2 Order no. 152842 nipples/quick coupling socket
Order no. 152844
2 One-way flow control valve
The valve is used to influence the 5 Non-return valve, delockable
volumetric flow rate through an The valve is closed by a locking cone
adjustable throttle point, in one which is pressed against the seat by
direction. In the opposite direction, a spring. The locking cone does not
the throttle is bypassed using the open until X is activated. When the
non-return valve. opening pressure on the seat side is
–– Actuation: manual exceeded, the valve opens and fluid
–– Integrated non-return valve can flow through it.
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) –– Actuation: hydraulic
3 –– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
nipples/quick coupling socket –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
Order no. 152843 nipples
3 Non-return valve Quick-Fix
The valve is closed by a locking cone Order no. 544339
4 which is pressed against the seat by
a spring. When the opening pressure 6 Double non-return valve,
on the seat side is exceeded, the delockable
valve opens and fluid can flow The two non-return valves are each
through it. When the pressure on unlocked from the opposite side.
the spring side is greater, the valve –– Surface area ratio of opening
remains closed. piston to non-return valve 3.3:1
–– Actuation: hydraulic –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Tube length 1000 mm –– Maximum permissible pressure:
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) 12 MPa (120 bar)
5 –– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
12 MPa (120 bar) nipples
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing quick –– Quick action mounting system
coupling sockets Quick-Fix
Order no. 572151
0.05 MPa opening pressure
Order no. 548617
0.6 MPa opening pressure
Order no. 548618
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Power/Lock valves
Hydraulics
Power/Lock Valves
1 2-way flow control valve 4 Shuttle valve 1 4

The valve ensures a constant volu- The flow to the outlet of the shuttle
metric flow rate in the flow direction valve is opened by pressurization at
from A to B, regardless of the load one of the two inlets (OR function).
pressure on B. The oil can flow from If pressure is applied at both inlets,
B to A via the non-return valve which the flow is opened between the out-
opens. let and the inlet with the higher pres-
–– Actuation: manual sure.
–– Differential pressure of the pres- –– Actuation: hydraulic
sure balance 0.55 MPa (5.5 bar) –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) –– Maximum permissible pressure: 2 5
–– Maximum permissible pressure: 12 MPa (120 bar)
12 MPa (120 bar) –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling nipples
nipples –– Quick action mounting system
–– Quick action mounting system Quick-Fix
Quick-Fix Order no. 572122
Order no. 544338
5 Priority valve LS, dynamic
2 3-way flow control valve The preferential flow direction
The valve ensures a constant volu- supplied by the valve is from P to 3
metric flow rate in the flow direction CF and independent of the load
from P to A, regardless of the load pressure on CF. The excess volu-
pressure on A. The excess volumetric metric flow is diverted through EF
flow is diverted through B and can be and can be supplied to another
supplied to another consumer. consumer.
–– Actuation: manual –– Actuation: hydraulic
–– Differential pressure of the pres- –– Differential pressure of the pres-
sure balance 0.55 MPa (5.5 bar) sure balance 1.03 MPa (10.3 bar)
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Maximum permissible pressure:
12 MPa (120 bar) 12 MPa (120 bar)
nipples nipples
–– Quick action mounting system –– Quick action mounting system
Quick-Fix Quick-Fix
3 Flow dividing valve

The valve divides the volumetric flow
rate from P between A and B in a
50:50 ratio, regardless of load.
–– Actuation: hydraulic
–– Minimum volumetric flow rate
0.5 l/min
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Maximum permissible pressure:
12 MPa (120 bar)
–– Valve port pattern, hydraulic ISO/
DIN 4401 size 02
nipples
Quick-Fix
Order no. 544340
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Drives
Hydraulics
Drives
1 6 1/2/3/4 Differential cylinder 7 Mounting kit for cylinders

–– Piston/Rod/Stroke Fitting a mounting kit on a cylinder
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) makes the following possible:
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Actuation of the stem actuated
12 MPa (120 bar) valve by the guide bar
–– Double-acting –– Actuation of proximity sensors
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling (order no. 2342009) by the
nipples permanent magnet of the guide bar
–– Quick action mounting system –– Use of a displacement encoder
2 Quick-Fix
For cylinders 572746, 572750, 572145
1 16/10/200 with cover Order no. 544371
7
–– Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6 For cylinders 572748
For cylinders 572747
2 16/10/300 with cover Order no. 544373
–– Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6
Order no. 572748
3 8 Spring load for cylinders,
3 16/10/400 with cover hydraulic
–– Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6 The spring load can be installed on
Order no. 572749 the differential cylinder 16/10/200
without the need for tools. In the for-
8 4 25/18/200 with cover ward stroke, the cylinder compresses
–– Surface area ratio 1 : 2 the spring. The stroke and force of the
Order no. 572747 cylinder can be read off on the scale.
For demonstrating the relationship
5 Steady-speed cylinder with between pressure and force for the
4 covers topic of “holding load.” Can be used
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) as a piston spring accumulator.
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Measuring range:
12 MPa (120 bar) Stroke 0 – 78 mm/0 – 3.1 in and
–– Double-acting force 0 – 1200 N/0 – 270 lbf
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling –– Quick-action mounting system
nipples Quick-Fix
Quick-Fix
5
–– Piston Ø: 16 mm 9 Loading unit/cylinder load
–– Piston rod Ø: 2 x 10 mm simulator
–– Stroke: 200 mm With this combination, a hydraulic
–– Surface area ratio 1 : 1 counteracting force can be applied to
Order no. 572750 a differential or steady-speed cylin-
der, allowing a wide range of load sit-
6 Cover for cylinder uations to be set up and investigated.
Reduces the risk of injury. With a Available options include differential
guide for easy positioning of limit against differential (2 x 1 : 1.6), small
switches and proximity sensors. Also steady-speed against large steady-
9 suitable for a cylinder with mount- speed, or large steady-speed against
ing kit. For cylinders with more than small steady-speed cylinder.
200 mm stroke, use two covers. For –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
all differential and steady-speed –– Maximum permissible pressure:
cylinders. For differential cylinders 12 MPa (120 bar)
25/18/200 the adapter (order no. –– Integrated safety valve
573272) will also be needed. –– Double-acting (2 x)
–– Quick-action mounting system –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
Quick-Fix nipples
Order no. 556290 –– Quick action mounting system
Quick-Fix
–– Piston Ø: 2 x 16 mm
–– Piston rod Ø: 10 mm
–– Stroke: 200 mm
–– Surface area ratio 1 : 1 or 1 : 1.6
Order no. 572145
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Drives
Hydraulics
Drives
1/2 Displacement encoder for 5 Cushioning cylinder for linear 1 5

cylinder drive
Linear potentiometer for installing on Load/cushioning cylinder for a linear
cylinders using a mounting kit. drive unit (order no. 167089).
–– Connecting cable with 4 mm s afety –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
plug –– Maximum permissible pressure:
–– Output: 0 – 10 V (DC) 12 MPa (120 bar)
–– Double-acting
1 Linear potentiometer with –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
200 mm measuring stroke nipples 2
–– For cylinders order no. 572746 and –– Piston Ø: 16 mm
572750 with mounting kit order no. –– Piston rod Ø: 10 mm 6
544371 or –– Stroke: 200 mm
–– For cylinders order no. 572747 with –– Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6
mounting kit order no. 544373 Order no. 152295
200 mm stroke 167090
6 Weight, 9 kg, for cylinder
Linear potentiometer with 300 mm Weight for mounting on a Learnline 3
measuring stroke profile column. Can be used as the
For cylinders order no. 572748 with driving or tractive load of a hydraulic
mounting kit order no. 544372 cylinder. With clevis and plain-bear-
300 mm stroke 525953 ing guide. For cylinder: order no.
152857, 572746, 572750 7
2 Linear potentiometer with Order no. 152972
450 mm measuring stroke
For direct mounting on cylinders 7/8 Protective cover for weight,
order no. 184488 and aluminum 9 kg
profile plate Protects reliably against injury. O
nly
450 mm stroke 525954 in combination with cylinder, order 4
no. 152857, 572746, 572750 and
3 Linear drive weight, order no. 152972.
Comprising a slide, double-act- 8
ing cylinder, guide rods, cover with 7 For the Learntop-S mounting kit
scale, yoke and mounting materi- Order no. 152973
al. Integrated displacement encoder 8 For Learnline profile column
(linear potentiometer) with 200 mm Order no. 541135
stroke, connection with 4 mm safety
plugs and 0 – 10 V DC output. 9 Hydraulic motor
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) The motor rotates because of the
–– Maximum permissible pressure: flow passing through it. When the
12 MPa (120 bar) direction of flow is changed, the di-
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling rection of rotation changes as well. 9
nipples Leakage in the motor is conveyed to
–– Piston Ø 16 mm the lower-pressure side via the shut-
–– Piston rod Ø 10 mm tle valve.
–– Stroke 200 mm –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Surface area ratio 1:1.6 –– Maximum permissible pressure:
Order no. 8028726 12 MPa (120 bar)
–– Maximum permissible pressure in
4 Weight, 5 kg, for linear drive the return line 5 MPa (50 bar)
Weight for mounting on the linear –– Displacement: 8.2 cm³ per
drives (order no. 8028726 and order revolution, 0 – 10 l/min equates to
no. 167089), to be used as 0 – 1220 r.p.m.
additional load. –– Design: orbit
Order no. 34065 –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
nipples
Quick-Fix
Order no. 152858
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Accessories and optional components
Hydraulics
1 1 Hose line with quick release 2/3 Coupling socket 5 T-distributor

couplings –– Maximum permissible pressure: The distributor can be inserted at
The high-pressure hose consists of 12 MPa (120 bar) any point.
three layers: The innermost layer is –– Low-leakage, self-sealing quick –– Ports: 2x coupling nipples and
synthetic rubber, followed by a wire coupling socket 1x quick coupling socket
mesh, and sheath of abrasion-resis- –– G¼” thread –– Maximum permissible pressure:
tant synthetic rubber. The quick cou- 2 Internal thread 567223 12 MPa (120 bar)
pling sockets are self-sealing when 3 External thread 548610 –– Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings
decoupled. Used with a coupling Order no. 152847
2
nipple, the coupling sockets form a 4 Coupling nipple
tightly sealed connection. Only the –– Maximum permissible pressure: 6 4-way distributor
face of the coupling is coated with 12 MPa (120 bar) Distributor with five ports.
oil during the coupling process. Cou- –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling –– Maximum permissible pressure:
pling and decoupling are only per- nipple 12 MPa (120 bar)
missible when the hose is de-pres- –– G¼” male thread –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
3
surised. Order no. 342047 nipples
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) –– Quick action mounting system
–– Max. permissible pressure: Blanking plug Quick-Fix
12 MPa (120 bar) To seal off connecting threads that Order no. 184455
–– Temperature range: -40 – + 125 °C are not needed.
–– Min. bending radius: 100 mm –– Maximum permissible pressure: 7 4-way distributor with
4
–– DN 06 (Ø 6,3 mm) 12 MPa (120 bar) pressure gauge
600 mm 152960 –– G¼” male thread The distributor with five ports is
1000 mm 152970 Order no. 205284 equipped with a pressure gauge and
1500 mm 159386 is firmly screwed to the profile plate.
3000 mm 158352 Sealing ring for blanking plug –– Effective range and maximum per-
Order no. 34635 missible pressure 10 MPa (100 bar)
5 Resistance hose line with quick –– Quality class 1.6% of the full scale
release couplings value
DN 04 (Ø 4 mm) –– Operating pressure, static:
1000 mm 549858 3/4 of the full scale value
–– Operating pressure, dynamic:
Hose line without quick release 2/3 of the full scale value
couplings –– Cushioning: glycerine
With G 1/4” external thread and –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
spanner flat (AF19). nipples
Order no. 159395
6
Please observe the following safety
rules: Hoses should not be used for
longer than 6 years, including a stor-
age period of 2 years.
600 mm 337617
1000 mm 337618
1500 mm 350337
3000 mm 343616
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Accessories and optional components
Hydraulics
1 4-way return header, 5 Diaphragm accumulator with 1 5

unpressurized shut-off block
Plate with five ports to bring t ogether With the three-way ball valve
multiple safety-oriented return lines. integrated in the shut-off block, the
The open quick-coupling plug is rout- following functions are possible:
ed back to the tank of the h ydraulic 1. Open connection between P and
power unit. the diaphragm accumulator
–– Maximum permissible pressure: 2. Closed connection between P and
1 MPa (10 bar) the diaphragm accumulator
–– Four self-sealing quick-coupling 3. Open connection between T and 2
sockets the diaphragm accumulator (relief )
–– A tube (2 m) with open quick- –– Safety valve against overload
coupling plug –– Pressure gauge for working 6
Order no. 573026 pressure
–– Rated volume 0.32 dm³
2 Tubing line for unpressurized –– Medium, gas side: nitrogen (N)
return –– Gas charging pressure when
For connecting open connection delivered: p 1 MPa (10 bar)
fittings to the return header or the –– Operating pressure 6 MPa: (60 bar) 3
plug socket on the hydraulic pow- –– Maximum permissible pressure:
er unit. 12 MPa (120 bar)
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
1 MPa (10 bar) nipple for P
–– One side with open quick coupling –– Tube with open quick-coupling
plug, one side with quick coupling plug for T
socket –– Material for mounting on the
–– Length 1200 mm profile plate 4
3 Pressure relief unit Accumulator filling device

The pressure relief unit is attached For filling or topping up the gas side
to the low-leakage, self-sealing cou- of the diaphragm accumulator (or-
pling nipple so it can be forced open der no. 152859) with nitrogen (N).
without requiring much power. This The accumulator filling device can
allows trapped hydraulic pressures be o perated directly using a stan-
to be relieved. dard commercially available nitrogen
Order no. 152971 bottle. If a pressure reducer is used,
manufacturer-specific adapters may
4 Base plate be required.
Base plates with four G¼” threaded Order no. 92491
connections and valve port patterns
to ISO/DIN 4401. For the adaptation 6 Pressure filter, 5 μm
of any valves. Placed directly downstream of the
–– Quick action mounting system pump, the pressure filter reliably
Quick-Fix protects the following hydraulic
elements from solids suspended in
Size 02 (NG4) port pattern, B left, A right the oil. The required purity class is
Order no. 572152 determined by the most sensitive
Size 02 (NG4) port pattern, A left, B right element in the system.
Order no. 572153 –– Pore size of the filter: 5 μm
Size 03 (NG6) port pattern, B left, A right –– Contamination indicator
Order no. 669198 –– Maximum permissible pressure:
Size 03 (NG6) port pattern, A left, B right 12 MPa (120 bar)
Order no. 750227 –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
nipples
Quick-Fix
Order no. 548609
Replacement filter cartridge for the

pressure filter
Order no. 236302
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Sensors/Measuring technology
Hydraulics
Sensors/Measuring Technology
1 3 1 Pressure gauge 4 Temperature sensor

The pressure gauge can be inserted The sensor can be inserted at any
at any point for pressure measure- point for temperature measurement
ment. and has an analog output.
–– Effective range and maximum –– Maximum permissible pressure:
permissible pressure: 12 MPa (120 bar)
10 MPa (100 bar) –– Operating voltage 20 – 30 V DC
–– Quality class 1.6% of the full scale –– Measuring range 0 – 100 °C
value –– Analog output 0 – 10 V
–– Operating pressure, static: –– Electrical connection on 4 mm
3/4 of full scale value safety plug
–– Operating pressure, dynamic: –– Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings
2 4 2/3 of full scale value Order no. 525963
–– Cushioning: glycerine
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings 5 Measuring case
Order no. 152841 The complete measuring set is pack-
aged in the practical and sturdy
2 Pressure sensor Systainer. It can be used for com-
The pressure sensor can be inserted missioning, maintenance, trouble-
at any point for pressure measure- shooting and optimization of hydrau-
ment and has an analog output. lic circuits.
–– Operating voltage 15 – 30 V DC
–– Effective range and maximum Complete measuring case, consist-
permissible pressure: ing of:
5 10 MPa (100 bar) –– Flow rate measuring device,
–– Analog output 0 – 10 V electronic:0 – 10 V analog output
–– Electrical connection on 4 mm safe- corresponds to 0 – 10 liters per
ty plug minute or 0 – 1220 RPM.
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings –– Can only be operated with a
Order no. 525964 hydraulic motor (Order no.
152858). Order no. 567191
3 Pressure switch, electronic –– Measuring line, 500 mm, red:
The pressure switch can be inserted Order no. 376937
at any point for pressure measure- –– Measuring line, 500 mm, blue:
ment and has two switching outputs Order no. 376936
and an analog output. –– Digital multimeter:
–– Operating voltage 18 – 35 V DC Order no. 8040005
–– Switching outputs 2 x PNP, –– Pressure sensor, measuring range
maximum 1.2 A 0 – 10 MPa (0 – 100 bar), nominal
–– Effective range and maximum size 4: Order no. 525964
permissible pressure: –– Temperature sensor, measuring
10 MPa (100 bar) range 0 – 100 °C, nominal size 4:
–– Analog output 0 – 10 V Order no. 525963
–– 4-digit digital display, can be Order no. 177468
rotated along 2 axes
–– Electrical connection M12, 5-pin on
4 mm safety plug
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings
Order no. 548612
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Sensors/Measuring technology
Hydraulics
Sensors/Measuring Technology
3 Measuring container for 1 3

1 Sight glass flow indicator hydraulic oil
The oil flow and cavitation can be The transparent measuring container
observed through the sight glass. is equipped with a stabilized inlet, a
The float acts as an indicator for the normal inlet, and an inlet for unpres-
flow direction and flow rate. surized return. There is also a scale,
–– Display range up to +/- 4 l/min protection against overflow, and a
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) manually opened outflow. For mount-
–– Maximum permissible pressure: ing on Learnline, the universal brack-
12 MPa (120 bar) et (order no. 539736) is required.
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling Measuring range up to 2 liters.
nipples Order no. 541134
–– Quick-action mounting system 2
Quick-Fix 4 Flow sensor
Order no. 3492037 The sensor is connected to the hy-
draulic motor (order no. 152858). A
tachometer generator transforms the
2 Flow indicator with float rotational speed of the hydraulic mo-
Mechanical flow indicator according tor into DC voltage. The speed of the
to the float principle for measuring hydraulic motor from 0 – 1220 r.p.m. 4
flow in l/min und gal/min (US). equates to a voltage of 0 – 10 V and
–– Can be used whatever the position a flow rate of 0 – 10 l/min.
(spring return) –– Clockwise/counter-clockwise rota-
–– Directly readable tion: output as analog value from
–– Measuring range: 0.5 – 4.5 l/min or 0 – 10 V
0.1 – 1.2 gal/min –– Operating voltage: 24 V DC
–– Maximum permissible pressure: –– Measuring range 0 – 10 l/min
12 MPa (120 bar) –– Analog output 0 – 10 V
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings –– Electrical connection on
1 Order no. 4857121 4 mm safety sockets
Order no. 567191
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Power packs
Hydraulics
Power packs
1 1 Hydraulic power pack with two 2 Hydraulic power pack with LS

constant-displacement pumps variable and constant displacement
Especially suitable for separate sup- pump combination
ply of two hydraulic circuits, each Especially well-suited to all tests with
with its own ON/OFF switch e.g. on a the TP 800 standard equipment sets
mobile Learnline workstation. Equal- and other mobile hydraulics applica-
ly recommended for reaching higher tions, especially processes controlled
speeds in cylinders and motors. Also with load sensing (LS).
ideal for producing valve character-
istic curves. –– Can be integrated into mobile
Learnline workstation systems
–– Can be integrated into mobile –– Pumps: axial piston pump with
Learnline workstation systems hydraulic load-sensing controller
–– Pump design: 2x external gear mo- limited to 4 l/min (1 gpm) delivery
tor each with pressure relief valve rate and external gear pump with
adjustable from 0 – 6 MPa pressure-relief valve adjustable to
(0 – 60 bar) 0 – 6 MPa (0 – 60 bar)
–– Two motors with overload protec- –– Motor with overload protection and
tion, each with an ON/OFF switch an ON/OFF switch on quick action
on the Quick-Fix mounting system mounting system Quick-Fix
–– Rated output: 2 x 550 W –– Rated output: 1.1 kW
–– Tank: 40 l volume, sight glass, –– Tank: 40 l, sight glass, temperature
temperature display, drain screw display, drain screw
2 –– Tank lid with air filter and return –– Tank lid with air filter and return
filter filter
nipples for P and T nipples for P and T
–– Plug socket for unpressurized –– Plug socket for unpressurized
return return
–– Connecting flange for measuring –– Connecting flange for measuring
container return container return
–– Dimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm –– Dimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm
(W x D x H) (W x D x H)
–– Weight: 72 kg (empty) –– Weight: 105 kg (empty)
Variant for AC 230 V/50 Hz

–– Power pack with AC motors, Variant for AC 230 V/50 Hz
single-phase and start capacitors –– Power pack with AC motors, single-
–– Delivery rate: 2 x 3,4 l/min phase and start capacitors
Order no. 541114 –– Delivery rate of constant displace-
ment: 3.8 l/min
Order no. 8065075
–– Power pack with AC motors, single-
phase and start capacitors Variant for AC 208V/60 Hz
–– Delivery rate: 2 x 4.3 l/min –– Power pack with AC motors, three-
(2 x 1.1 gpm) phase
Order no. 8064373 –– Delivery rate of constant displace-
ment: 4.5 l/min (1.2 gpm)
Variant for AC 400 V/50 Hz Order no. On request
–– Power pack with AC motors,
three-phase
–– Delivery rate: 2 x 3.4 l/min Variant for AC 400 V/50 Hz
Order no. 541116 –– Power pack with AC motors,
three-phase
–– Delivery rate of constant displace-
ment: 3.8 l/min
Order no. 8065076
Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Power packs
Hydraulics
Power packs
1 Hydraulic power pack with two 2 Hydraulic power pack with a 1

constant-displacement pumps and constant-displacement pump
one motor Ideal for individual hydraulic worksta-
Recommended for reaching higher tions for all experiments using stan-
speeds in cylinders and motors. Also dard equipment sets TP 500, TP 600
ideal for producing valve character- and the MPS® punching station.
istic curves.
–– Mounting on Learnline with univer-
–– Can be integrated into mobile sal bracket (order no. 539736)
Learnline workstation systems –– Mounting on Learntop-S: direct
–– Pump design: 2 x external gear mo- –– Pump design: external gear motor
tors, each with pressure relief valve with pressure relief valve adjustable
adjustable from 0 – 6 MPa from 0 – 6 MPa (0 – 60 bar)
(0 – 60 bar) –– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
–– Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) –– Motor: AC, single-phase with over-
–– Motor with overload protection, load protection, start capacitor, and
and ON/OFF switch on Quick-Fix ON/OFF switch
mounting system –– Tank: 5 l volume, sight glass, tem-
–– Rated output: 1.1 kW perature display, drain screw
–– Tank: 40 l volume, sight glass, –– Air filter and return filter
temperature display, drain screw –– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
–– Tank lid with air filter and return nipples for P and T
filter –– Plug socket for unpressurized return
–– Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling –– Connecting flange for measuring
nipples for P and T container return 2 3
–– Plug socket for unpressurized –– Dimensions: 580 x 300 x 180 mm
return (W x D x H)
–– Connecting flange for measuring –– Weight: 19 kg (empty)
container return
–– Dimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm Variant for AC 230 V/50 Hz
(W x D x H) –– Rated output: 650 W
–– Weight: 65 kg (empty) –– Delivery rate: 2.3 l/min
Order no. 152962
–– Power pack with AC motor,
single-phase and start capacitor Variant for AC 120 V/60 Hz
–– Delivery rate: 2 x 3.6 l/min –– Rated output: 450 W
Order no. 539733 –– Delivery rate: 2.7 l/min (0.7 gpm)
Order no. 8065049
–– Power pack with three-phase AC
motor 3 Wheel set for mounting on the
–– Delivery rate: 2 x 3.7 l/min tank
Order no. 541115 –– Suitable for hydraulic power units
with 40 l tank
–– Four guide rollers, two with lock-
ing brake
–– Mounting material included
Order no. 539734 4
4 Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524)

Brand-name hydraulic oil for all Festo All 230 V power packs with
hydraulic power units. power plug CEE 7, suitable for:
HLP22, 10 Liters DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT,
Order no. 192215 NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID.
HLP22, 20 Liters
Order no. 14572 Note:
For safety reasons the hydrau-
Funnel lic power packs are not filled
Funnel for filling various devices with oil when delivered. Please
with oil. order the oil separately.
Order no. 374038
Pneumatics and Pneumatics and Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Measurement and control electronics
Measurement and control electronics
1 6 1/2 Signal input, electrical 6/7 Time relay, two-fold

The device contains an illuminated The element contains a release-delay
pushbutton switch (control switch) and a pickup-delay time relay. Both
and three illuminated pushbuttons relays are infinitely variable, using
(momentary contact switches) with the rotary knob of the potentiometer.
terminals and two buses for pow- –– Contact set: 2 makes, 2 breaks
er supply. –– Contact load: Maximum 5 A
–– Contact set: 1 makes, 1 breaks –– Cut-off load: Maximum 100 W
–– Contact load: Maximum 2 A –– Delay: 0.5 – 10 s adjustable
–– Power consumption (Miniature
2 7
bulb): 0.48 W 6 Symbols according to IEC standard
Order no. 162243
1 Symbols according to IEC standard
Order no. 162242 7 Symbols according to NEMA standard
Order no. 8062960
2 Symbols according to NEMA standard
Order no. 8062950 8/9 Preset counter, electronic
Electronic preset counter with termi-
3 Indicator unit and distributor, nals for count pulse, contact set, and
electrical reset pulse, as well as bus bars for
3 8
The device contains an acoustic in- supply power.
dicator and four lamps with termi- –– Contact set: 1 changeover contact
nals and three buses for power sup- –– Contact rating: max. 5 A
ply. Through-contact socket pairs per –– Power consumption: 3 W
lamp allow the element to also be –– Maximum counting rate: 30 Hz
used as a distributor. –– Preset value display: 4-place,
–– Power consumption acoustic red (counter reading) and yellow
indicator: 0.04 W (preselection) illuminated
–– Power consumption indicator –– Preset value programmable at each
lamps: 1.2 W digit with up/down keys
–– Frequency acoustic indicator: –– Reset key for manual resetting
4 9
420 Hz –– Lock key for locking the preset
Order no. 162244 value
4/5 Relay, three-fold 8 Symbols according to IEC standard

The device has three relays with Order no. 1677856
terminals and two buses for p
ower
supply. 9 Symbols according to NEMA standard
–– Contact load: max. 5 A Order no. 8062962
–– Cut-off load: max. 90 W
–– Pick-up time: 10 ms
5
–– Drop-off time: 8 ms
4 Symbols according to IEC standard

Order no. 162241
5 Symbols according to NEMA standard

Order no. 8062958
Pneumatics and Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Measurement and control electronics
1 Proportional amplifier 3 Comparator 1

The amplifier allows control of pro- Positive switching comparator with
portional valves. It is designed so hysteresis. The inputs are short-
that it can either be driven by two in- circuit-proof or surge-proof to 24 V.
dependent solenoids (1 channel) or 2 separate inputs (IN A, IN B) each
a valve with two solenoids (2 chan- acting on two independent compara-
nel) such as a 4/3-way proportion- tors. Each comparator can be set to:
al valve. The proportional amplifier –– Reference voltage (-10 – +10 V),
thus works either as a 1-channel am- Hysteresis (0 – +5 V).
plifier or a 2-channel amplifier. The –– Input voltage (inputs A and B): 2
inputs are short-circuit protected or -10 – +10 V
surge-proof up to 24 V. –– Input resistance (inputs A and B):
–– Setpoint values: ±10 V DC in steps > 10 kΩ
of 100 mV –– Display accuracy: ± 30 mV
–– Switching signal for internal –– Outputs A and B: Floating relay
setpoint values: 15 – 30 V DC contacts, changeover contacts
–– Solenoid outputs: PWM signal, –– Contact load: 24 V DC/2 A and
24 V, max. 1 A 120 V AC/1 A
3
–– Enabling switching signal: Order no. 162257
15 – 30 V DC
–– Basic current, Jump current: 4 PID controller
0 – 250 mA, in steps of 1 mA PID controller for pneumatic and
–– Maximum current: 100 mA – 1 A, hydraulic control circuits. The
in steps of 5 mA controller comprises the following:
–– Dither frequency: 100 – 250 Hz, –– Voltage supply
in steps of 1 Hz –– Differential inputs
Order no. 162255 –– Comparators
–– Final control elements: position- 4
2 Setpoint value card al control elements, speed control
The setpoint value card has the elements, acceleration control ele-
following functions: ments (status controller), propor-
–– Programmable setpoint generation tional control elements, integral
–– Programmable ramp generation control elements, differential con-
–– Cyclical sequencing of setpoints trol elements (PID controller)
and ramps –– Overall gain (Status controller)
–– Stopwatch –– Correcting variable offset
–– Number of setpoint values: 8 –– Summing junction
–– Output voltage range: –– Limiter
-10 – +10 V tol. ±5 mV –– Output
(adjustable in steps of 0.1 V) Order no. 162254 5
–– Number of ramps: 4
–– Ramp times: 0 – 10.0 s/1 V 5 Status controller
(adjustable in steps of 50 ms/1 V) The status controller is used as a
–– Activating voltage of inputs: regulator in pneumatic and hydraulic
Min. 15 V position control circuits. The control-
–– Output rate: 1 kHz ler comprises the following:
–– Stop watch: Input 1, measuring –– Voltage supply
time 0 – 100 hrs. –– Differential inputs
Order no. 162256 –– Comparators
–– Final control elements: position-
al control elements, speed control
elements, acceleration control ele-
ments (status controller), propor-
tional control elements, integral
control elements, differential con-
trol elements (PID controller)
–– Overall gain (Status controller)
–– Correcting variable offset
–– Summing junction
–– Limiter
–– Output
Order no. 162253
Pneumatics and Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Measurement and control electronics
1 1 Function generator/counter/ 4 Safety relay for emergency stop 6 Universal connection unit, digital
stopwatch and safety door (SysLink)
Multi-function device: function gen- With four positively-driven relay out- The universal connection unit con-
erator, counter, and stop-watch. puts and two input channels, can nects all 4 mm safety plugs with the
Order no. 544315 be used as a safety door monitoring 24-pin system connector as per
device or for emergency stop mon- IEEE 488 (SysLink). It thus becomes
2 Operational status display itoring. a universal interface between units
For easy connection and for display –– Operating modes: startup testing, with 4 mm connection technology
of various operating modes and sta- short circuit detection, self test, and devices equipped with SysLink
2 tuses by flashing and continuous automatic start, single-channel, connectors as per IEEE 488:
signals in various colors. Three LED manual start, manual start with –– Simple connection of actuators and
illuminating elements (green, yellow, monitoring, without short circuit sensors via 4 mm laboratory con-
red), each with socket for continu- detection, two-channel nectors with the EasyPort interface
ous light und flashing light, supply –– 3 safety contacts (N/O contacts), unit for FluidSIM®
voltage sockets each 6 x 24 V DC and undelayed
0 V, all sockets designed for 4 mm –– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C contact), Inputs:
safety plugs, mounting via protection undelayed Three safety sockets each for eight
device (against accidental contact) –– 1 semiconductor output three-wire sensors
3 with integrated locking strip in the –– Supply voltage 24 V DC Outputs:
ER mounting frame for electrical con- –– Supply voltage sockets each Two safety sockets each for eight
nection and control units. 6 x 24 V DC and 0 V, all sockets actuators
Order no. 567263 designed for 4 mm safety plugs, Connections: 4 mm safety sockets
mounting via protection device for 24 V DC, SysLink connector (IEEE
3 Mushroom-head safety switch (against accidental contact) with 488)
With two-circuit switch-off and self integrated locking strip in an ER I/O status display: Via LED
monitoring, removable. The two mounting frame for electrical con- Order no. 162231
4 N/C contacts open when the mush- nection and control units.
room-head safety switch is pressed. Order no. 567262 7 Connection unit, analog
An additional N/O contact is actuat- Using an analog cable (order no.
ed when the mushroom-head safety 5 Terminal strip and distributor, 529141), the unit can also be used
switch is attached and opens when electrical as an analog connection unit for the
the mushroom-head safety switch is The device contains six numbered EduTrainer® PLC or EasyPort USB.
removed or interfered with. Supply terminal strips and three bus bars for –– Permissible voltage range:
voltage sockets each 6 x 24 V DC and the power supply. Like an industri- 22 – 27 V DC
0 V, all sockets designed for 4 mm al terminal strip, this can be divided –– Reference: GND
safety plugs, mounting via protection into control, jumper; and field level. –– Four analog voltage inputs:
device (against accidental contact) Rows of sockets connected with a Range: -10 V – +10 V (max. 30 V),
5 with integrated locking strip in the potential can be bridged with 19 mm input resistance: 200 kΩ
ER mounting frame for electrical con- safety jumper plugs (not included). –– Four analog current inputs:
nection and control units. Order no. 3584313 Range: 0 – 20 mA (max. -4 – +24
Order no. 567261 mA), input voltage: max. ±30 V
–– Two analog outputs: Voltage:
-10 – +10 V, short-circuit-proof,
max. ±30 V, fuse-protected, cur-
rent: max. 20 mA
Order no. 567232
6
Pneumatics and Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Sensors/measuring technology
1/2/3/4 Proximity sensor 6 Emergency stop pushbutton, 1 6

Proximity sensor with protection electrical
against polarity reversal, overload Emergency stop pushbutton, consist-
and short circuit. ing of an illuminated mushroom-
–– M12 design head emergency button and a con-
–– 360° rotatable, detenting every 15° tact set with 1 make and 1 break.
–– Connection via the 4 mm safety Accommodated in yellow plastic
connectors integrated in the Quick- housing.
Fix quick connector system Emergency Stop switch in the form of
–– Power supply 10 – 30 V DC an impact pushbutton, one normal- 7
–– N/O contact (PNP) starting function ly-open contact, one normally-closed
–– NEMA variant: Symbols as per contact, connection for 4 mm safe- 2
NEMA standard ty plug with power supply bus-bar,
–– Quick action mounting system mounting via anti-shock cover with
Quick-Fix integrated snap-in grip strip on
mounting frame for electrical inter-
1/2 Proximity sensor, optical, M12 face and control units or via plug
Adjustable sensing distance of 70 – adapters on profile panel.
300 mm, with LED –– Actuator: mushroom-head key with 8
detent ring
1 Symbols according to IEC standard –– Contact set: 1 make, 1 break
Order no. 572744 –– Contact load limit: maximum 8 A
2 Symbols according to NEMA standard Order no. 183347 3
Order no. 8062967
7 Proximity sensor, electronic
3 Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 Magneto-resistive proximity sensor,
Sensing distance of 0 – 4 mm magnetically operated
Order no. 548643 –– Connection via 4 mm safety
connectors
4 Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 –– Switching output N/O contact
Sensing distance of 0 – 4 mm (PNP) with switching status
Order no. 548651 indication
–– Overload and short-circuit proof,
5 Limit switch, electrical with reverse polarity protection 4
The micro switch is actuated me- –– Operating voltage 5 – 30 V DC
chanically when the roller lever is –– Output current: max. 100 mA
pressed, for example, by the trip cam –– Switching time (on/off ) max. 1 ms
of a cylinder. The micro switch can –– Mounting system for T-slot
be wired as a N/O contact, N/C con- Order no. 2342009
tact or a changeover switch, using
the 4 mm safety sockets integrated 8 Proximity sensor, electronic
in the quick action mounting sys- Contactless proximity sensor for
tem Quick-Fix. Possible contact load: mounting on drives with T-slot, with
maximum 5 A. connecting cable and LED operating
status indicator. Protected against 5
Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated polarity reversal, overload and short
Order no. 183322 circuit.
Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated –– Power supply: 10 – 30 V DC
Order no. 183345 –– Switching output, N/O contact
(PNP): maximum 200 mA
–– Electrical connection M8, 3-pin on
4 mm safety plug
Order no. 548589
Pneumatics/Pneumatics and Hydraulics Training Packages > Components > Sensors/measuring technology
1 4 1 Contact tachometer 3 Tektronix TBS1052B-EDU digital

For measuring rotary speed on the storage oscilloscope
hub of a hydraulic or compressed Standard oscilloscope for observing
air motor. relationships during basic training in
–– 5 – 99999 RPM electrical engineering. Curves can be
(optical measurement) traced and evaluated on a PC.
–– 0.5 – 19999 RPM –– Display: Color
(contact measurement) –– Bandwidth: 50 MHz
–– Last, minimum, or maximum –– Channels: 2
measurement value can be saved –– Time base: 2,5 ns – 50 s/div
2 5 Order no. 8062148 –– Sampling rate: 1.0 GS/s
–– Resolution: 8 bits
2 Beha-Amprobe AM-510 digital –– Y deflection: 2 mV/div – 5 V/div
multimeter –– Interface: USB
Simple entry-level device for basic
training. Scope of delivery
–– Automatic and manual range se- –– Mains cable
lection, 3¾-digit LCD display, mea- –– 2x TPP0051 probe
surement of direct and alternating –– Documentation
voltage, direct and alternating cur- Order no. 571845
rent, resistance, continuity, flow
diode test, capacity and frequency 4 Function generator
measurement. –– Signal types: Sinusoidal, square,
–– Voltage: 1 mV – 600 V triangular, TTL
3 –– Current: 0.1 µA – 10 A –– Frequency range: 0.1 Hz – 500 kHz
–– Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩ –– Voltage output: DC
–– Frequency: 1 Hz – 10 MHz –– Offset: -15 – +15 V
–– Capacity: 0.01 nF – 100 µF –– Voltage amplitude: 0 – 30 V
–– Measuring circuit category Order no. 152918
CAT III/600 V
5 Cable BNC – 4 mm
Scope of delivery Cable with BNC socket and 2 jack-
–– Measuring leads plugs (4 mm). For use in conjunction
–– Battery with a function generator and oscil-
–– Operating instructions loscope.
Cable BNC – BNC

Order no. 158357
T-piece BNC
Order no. 159298
Pneumatics/Pneumatics and Hydraulics Training Packages > Accessories > Electrical supplies
Accessories
Electrical power supply
1 Power supply unit for 3/4 4 mm Safety laboratory cables 1 3

mounting frame –– Plugs with rigid protective sleeve
–– Input voltage: 85 – 265 V AC and axial socket
(47 – 63 Hz) –– Conductor cross section: 1 mm2
–– Output voltage: 24 V DC, –– 1000 V CAT II, Rated current: 16 A
short-circuit-proof
–– Output current: max. 4 A 3 4 mm Safety laboratory cables,
–– Dimensions: 170 x 240 x 92 mm 98 pieces, red, and blue
Without power cable Complete set, consisting of 98 safety
Order no. 8049382 laboratory cables with 4 mm safety
plugs in the colors red and blue:
Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, –– 10x red 50 mm
NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, –– 10x blue 50 mm 2 4
DK, IR, ID –– 26x red 300 mm
Order no. 159396 –– 11x blue 300 mm
Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, –– 21x red 500 mm
Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, –– 12x blue 500 mm
PH, JP –– 3x red 1000 mm
Order no. 162411 –– 3x blue 1000 mm
Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY, –– 1x red 1500 mm
SG, UA, HK, AE –– 1x blue 1500 mm
Order no. 162412
Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ, For the third cable color, safety lab-
CN, AR oratory cables, 47 pieces, black, are
Order no. 162413 suitable (order no. 572096)
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH Order no. 167091
Order no. 162414
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN, 4 4 mm Safety laboratory cables,
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE) 106 pieces, red, blue, and black
Order no. 162415 Complete set, consisting of 106 safe-
ty laboratory cables with 4 mm safe-
2 IEC power cable ty plugs in the colors red, blue, and CEE 7/VII AS 3112
One side designed as a connector black:
and one side with a country-specif- –– 10x red 50 mm
ic plug. –– 10x blue 50 mm
Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, –– 8x black 50 mm
NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, –– 8x red 300 mm NEMA 5-15 SEV 1011
DK, IR, ID –– 8x blue 300 mm
Order no. 247661 –– 18x black 300 mm
Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, –– 8x red 500 mm
Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, –– 8x blue 500 mm
PH, JP –– 18x black 500 mm BS 1363 SANS 164-1
Order no. 350362 –– 2x red 1000 mm
Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY, –– 3x blue 1000 mm
SG, UA, HK, AE –– 2x black 1000 mm
Order no. 350363 –– 1x red 1500 mm
Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ, –– 1x blue 1500 mm
CN, AR –– 1x black 1500 mm 5
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH
Order no. 350366 5 Measuring lead holder
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN, Mobile measuring lead holder with
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE) storage box.
Order no. 350367 –– Dimensions (W x H x D)
54 x 135 x 54 cm
–– Storage dimensions (W x D)
42 x 51 cm
Order no. 8043430
Pneumatics/Pneumatics and Hydraulics Training Packages > Accessories > Organizers
Accessories
Organizers
1 6 1/2/3/4/5 Systainer® with T-LOC 6 Dolly truck for Systainer

system Dolly truck for transporting T-LOC
Stackable and interlocking case sys- and Classic Line Systainers in s izes
tem, made of light grey plastic with I to V. Four guide rollers, two with
light blue T-LOC rotary locks, one- clamping brakes.
hand operation, for opening and in- Order no. 549789
terlocking the Systainers®. With four
slots for credit-card-sized labels or 7 Storage system for A4
markings. EduTrainer®
2 7 Transport and storage system for A4
Size I: external 105 x 396 x 296, EduTrainer® and training packages.
internal 75 x 383 x 267
Order no. 8022295 Case with slotted foam sheets for
Size II: external 157.5 x 396 x 296, holding A4 boards and permanently
internal 127.5 x 383 x 267 attached lid with a stop in the open
Order no. 8022296 position. The enclosed divider can be
Size III: external 210 x 396 x 296, used to partition off an area for hold-
internal 180 x 382 x 266 ing measuring devices and cables
Order no. 8022297 and also provides convenient access
3 Size IV: external 315 x 396 x 296, to an EduTrainer® with a width of
internal 285 x 382 x 266 133 mm. The exterior consists of
Order no. 8022298 grained laminate with edges protect-
Size V: external 420 x 396 x 296, ed by metal profiles. The case fea-
internal 384 x 381 x 265 tures a sturdy folding handle, rub-
Order no. 8022299 ber feet, and two buckles that can be
locked with padlocks.
(Dimensions in mm H x W x D).
Provides space for up to three A4
EduTrainers® with a width of up to
399 mm and additional accessories.
4 Order no. 8047571
Pneumatics/Pneumatics and Hydraulics Training Packages > Accessories > Organizers
Accessories
Organizers
Systainer/Container Inserts 7 Systainer/Container Insert G 1 7

Didactic components need to be Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
stored in a clearly arranged and safe For Systainers sizes 1 – 5.
way. Simply clamp two handles onto Order no. 687943
the narrow side of the insert of your
choice and stack the inserts in the 8 Systainer/Container Insert H
Systainer. Note: Two large and one Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
small insert exactly fill a Learnline For Systainers sizes 1 – 5. 2 8
container drawer. Order no. 687944
1 Systainer/Container Insert A 9 Systainer/Container Insert I

Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 172 mm. Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
For Systainers sizes 1 – 4. For Systainers sizes 1 – 5.
3 9
2 Systainer/Container Insert B 10 Systainer/Container Insert J
For Systainers sizes 1 – 4. For Systainers sizes 1 – 5
3 Systainer/Container Insert C 11 Systainer/Container Insert K

Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. 4 10
For Systainers sizes 1 – 4. For Systainers sizes 1 – 5
4 Systainer/Container Insert D 12 Systainer/Container Insert L

For Systainers sizes 1 – 4. For Systainers sizes 1 – 4..
Order no. 689087 Order no. 754704 5 11
5 Systainer/Container Insert E 13/14/15 Handles for Systainer/

Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. Container Inserts
For Systainers sizes 1 – 5. The handles are available in three
Order no. 701309 different versions, suitable for Sys-
tainer sizes 2 – 5:
6 Systainer/Container Insert F –– Handle 80: 80 mm high version
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. –– Handle 100: 100 mm high version 6 12
For Systainers sizes 1 – 5. –– Handle 150: 150 mm high version
Order no. 709844 When stacking the inserts in the Sys-
tainer, the handle height determines
the distance between the stacked
inserts. The handles can be used for
all Systainer/container inserts. Two
handles are required per insert.
13 Handle 80 683012 13/14/15
14 Handle 100 687455
15 Handle 150 683464
Services
158
Services.........................................................................................................160
159
Services > Overview
Services
Make more of your potential
Service solutions tailored to your Worldwide availability? No problem. Installation, commissioning, and Free software, demos, and reading
equipment and needs. A qualified We are able to deliver our training training will be carried out by qual- samples – For example, EasyVeep is
team provides services that will en- services around the world in local ified technicians in order to guaran- a new graphic 2D process simulation
able you to maximize the capacity of languages to the high standard that tee safe, efficient set-up and ensure software containing a number of
your learning systems. both you and we require. that your team can use your new attractive examples for PLC training
products immediately. that is available for download free of
Knowing that your equipment is ef- charge. You can sample for free many
fectively maintained will allow you of our software products and all our
to focus on what is most important: books on the Internet using test and
teaching. demo versions.
160 More information: www.festo-tac.com

Services > Overview
Service solutions to suit

your needs
–– Free delivery
–– Commissioning
–– Training
–– Demos and reading samples
–– Seminars
–– Service contracts
–– Extended warranty
Certification Festo is a global engineering Customized service contracts give Personal advice
Instructor certification trainings help and manufacturing company that you peace of mind as our team takes We will be glad to provide an on-site
you to get the best possible use out maintains its own global training and care of your equipment. Available consultation regarding concept and
of your new learning system. Our consulting teams for customers all services include on-site hardware planning.
qualified instructors introduce the around the world. maintenance and calibration, warran-
equipment and provide the train- ty extension and repairs, continuous For more information, please contact
ing material, as well as explain how Operating in the same economic instructor training, and much more. your Festo contact person or write
to perform the exercises and inte- sector and environment as our to: seminare@festo.com
grate them quickly into your exist- customers, we have a level of
ing training programs. These training understanding and insight into your
sessions can be conducted on your challenges that allows us to meet
premises, at a Festo core location, or your needs by providing targeted
via video conference. training and consulting solutions.
More information: www.festo-tac.com 161

Notes
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Publisher
Festo Didactic SE
P.O. Box 10 07 10
73707 Esslingen
Rechbergstraße 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Edition: November 2017
Terms and conditions of sale
As a result of continuous develop-

ment and research work technical
specifications and illustrations are
subject to change. They are not bind-
ing. The specified data serves pure-
ly as a product description and is no
guarantee in a legal sense.
All of the texts, diagrams, illustra-

tions and drawings featured in this
publication are the property of
Festo Didactic SE and are thus pro-
tected under copyright.
Any reproduction, revision, trans-

lation, microfilming in any form, or
storage and processing in electronic ISO 9001:2008
A Cer t i ficat i Quality Management
systems can only be undertaken
KR o
DE
n
We are certified
with the written permission of Festo Voluntary participation in regular
ce r t i fied monitoring according to ISO 9001:2008
Didactic SE.
Fluid power
Learning systems and services for basic
and further training
Festo Didactic SE
Rechbergstraße 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Tel. +49 (711) 3467-0
Fax +49 (711) 347-54-88500
did@festo.com
Festo Didactic Inc.

07724 Eatontown,
New Jersey
United States
Tel. +1 (732) 938-2000
Fax +1 (732) 774-8573

56823 en © 2017-11 Festo Didactic SE
675, Rue du Carbone

Québec, Québec, G2N 2K7
Canada
Tel. +1 (418) 849-1000
Fax +1 (418) 849-1666
Fluid power
www.festo-didactic.com
www.labvolt.com

2017 11 en PG PH Small PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017 11 en PG PH Small PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2017 11 en PG PH Small PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fluid power

Learning systems and services for basic

Festo Didactic Inc.

607 Industrial Way West

Festo Didactic Ltée/Ltd

675, Rue du Carbone

Pneumatics training packages.......................................................... 46

Hydraulics training packages............................................................ 82

Holistic and turnkey training solutions

Design, planning, and equipping The benefits for you

2 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

We offer a comprehensive scope of

Learning environment for basic

Essential technologies Highlights Additional learning worlds

Flexible room concepts

Equipping of learning rooms The benefits for you

Efficient and versatile use of rooms

4 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Multi-functional teaching rooms

Our room concept offers individu-

For additional information regarding flexible room concepts see:

Main components of room concept

Organized storage Workstation system Power supply

The didactic concept for a complete learning strategy

We offer technical training based on the complete learning-strategy model.

6 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Universal Laboratory furniture

The benefits of the Festo Didactic Media Training packages

Add further components to your

Tec2Screen® Courses Tec2Screen® Courses

For example: For example:

10 Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

Learning methods which frequent-

With Connected Learning, ­these

Our patented solution for ­­

Overview of all Tec2Screen® courses at:

12 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Pneumatics Electrical engineering System requirements

Hydraulics Recommended accessories: Visit us on the Internet.

Multimedia training programs

E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

14 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

Multimedia training programs

Our authoring tool:

16 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

PLC programming LOGO! Training

E.g. single license with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

Basic level Dictionary of Automation Technology

for basic and ­advanced training are

available for these topics.

E-mail: Mailroom@festo.ir Janki k/Warszawy 1 3

e p tic es pes k tesure

E-mail: sales_ie@festo.com Apartado 8013 P.O. Box 18023

u neuma Valv ocess DrucPres

Tel. +45 70 21 10 90, Fax +45 44 88 81 10 Vietnam

With Connected Learning, these

Our patented solution for

for basic and advanced training are

minology correspond to the current pressure control valves